JP2021104171A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of giving a novel gameplay that can enhance the interest of a player.SOLUTION: A game machine includes determination means for making a predetermined determination, symbol display means capable of executing a variation display of a symbol according to the result of the determination, and setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including a non-time-saving game state in which the frequency of determination is relatively low and a time-saving game state in which the frequency of determination is relatively high. The setting means can set the time-saving game state on the basis of the variation display being executed a predetermined number of times, but the setting means sets so as not to set the time-saving game state even when the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again, without deriving a specific result as the result of the determination, after the time-saving game state is set.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

Conventionally, as a gaming machine of this type, a winning / failing lottery for determining whether or not to execute a special symbol triggered by the entry of a game ball into a starting winning opening provided in the gaming area, and a special symbol indicating the result of the winning / failing lottery. Along with the decision, the variable display of the special symbol is executed, and the stop display of the jackpot symbol indicating that the result of the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery is to execute the special symbol (winning of the jackpot) is performed. It is known that a special game in which a prize ball can be obtained is executed. In such a gaming machine, it is common that the advantage of the gaming profit given to the player is set to be different according to the type of the determined jackpot symbol. For example, as a gaming state, a non-time-saving gaming state in which it is relatively difficult for the game ball to enter the predetermined starting winning opening and a time-saving gaming state in which the game ball is relatively easy to enter the predetermined starting winning opening are provided. There is known a gaming machine in which a gaming state after the end of a special game is set to a time-saving gaming state when a specific jackpot symbol is determined (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2015-107139 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2008-253554

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machines, the gaming state set after the execution of the special game is associated with the type of the jackpot symbol, and the decision to execute the special game (winning of the jackpot) and the special game The non-time-saving gaming state cannot be changed to the time-saving gaming state without execution. Therefore, since there are large restrictions on changing to different game states, it is difficult to design game specifications with a high degree of freedom, and there arises a problem that it is not possible to provide a novel game property that can enhance the interest of the player. Was there.

Therefore, the present invention has been made under the above-mentioned circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of imparting novel playability that can enhance the interest of the player.

In order to achieve the above-mentioned object, the present invention is configured as follows.

(1) The gaming machine according to the present invention includes a determination means for making a predetermined decision, a symbol display means capable of performing variable display of a symbol according to the result of the determination, and a non-decision with a relatively low frequency of determination. A setting means capable of setting any of a time-saving gaming state and a plurality of gaming states including a time-saving gaming state having a relatively high frequency is provided, and the setting means executes the variation display a predetermined number of times. Although the time-saving gaming state can be set based on the above, even if the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again without deriving a specific result as a result of the determination after the time-saving gaming state is set. It is characterized in that the time saving game state is not set.

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, when the variation display of the symbol according to the result of the determination by the determination means (for example, the determination of whether or not the jackpot is successful) is executed a predetermined number of times, the frequency of the above determination is relatively high. The game state can be set. Therefore, unlike a conventional gaming machine, it is possible to set a time-saving gaming state without deciding to execute a special game (winning a jackpot) or executing a special game, so that a design of game specifications with a high degree of freedom can be set. It becomes possible to give a novel playability that can enhance the interest of the player.
Further, in the gaming machine according to the present invention, after the time-saving gaming state is set, the variation display is executed again a predetermined number of times without deriving a specific result (for example, winning a jackpot) as a result of the determination. However, the time saving game state is not set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the gambling property becomes too high by repeatedly setting the time saving game state.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of imparting novel playability that can enhance the interest of the player.

It is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine. It is the external perspective view of the pachinko machine with the front door open. It is a front schematic view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a front schematic view of the inside of the attacker device of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the special symbol random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the special electric accessory operation table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the game state setting table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the fluctuation pattern table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit determination random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the ordinary symbol variation pattern determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the 2nd start winning opening opening control table of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the processing at the time of sensor detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the processing at the time of gate detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of detecting the 1st start winning opening in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of detecting the 2nd start winning opening in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the pre-determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the processing at the time of detection of a specific area in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special figure-related control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the hit / fail determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the fluctuation pattern determination processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the post-stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special game control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the small hit game control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special game end processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the control process related to a general drawing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the normal symbol variation start processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the processing after the normal symbol stop in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the movable piece control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a state transition diagram which showed the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the variation effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the variation effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the variation effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the variation effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the variation effect of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the variation production decision table of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the advance notice effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the look-ahead effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the special notification effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the special notification effect of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the mode of the special notification effect of a pachinko machine. It is a time chart which shows the progress of the fluctuation effect and the special notification effect of a pachinko machine. It is a time chart which shows the progress of the fluctuation effect and the special notification effect of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main processing in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern command reception processing in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit / fail random number determination table of the pachinko machine which concerns on modification (2). It is explanatory drawing of the variation pattern table of the pachinko machine which concerns on modification (36). It is explanatory drawing of the variation pattern table of the pachinko machine which concerns on modification (36). It is a state transition diagram which showed the transition to each game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on another application example 1. FIG. It is explanatory drawing of various setting contents of the pachinko machine which concerns on other application example 3. It is a state transition diagram which showed the transition to each game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on another application example 3. It is explanatory drawing of various setting contents of the pachinko machine which concerns on other application example 4. It is a state transition diagram which showed the transition to each game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on another application example 4. It is a front schematic view of the game board of the pachinko machine which concerns on another application example 5. It is explanatory drawing of various setting contents of the pachinko machine which concerns on other application example 5. It is a state transition diagram which showed the transition to each game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on another application example 5.

(External configuration of pachinko machine P)
The gaming machine according to this embodiment is a pachinko machine P that uses a gaming ball as a gaming medium. Although not particularly shown, in a game hall where pachinko machines P are installed, a plurality of pachinko machines P are arranged side by side in an installation area of the game machines called an island, and a game for renting a game ball. A ball lending device is installed adjacent to each pachinko machine P. Further, each pachinko machine P is connected to a corresponding game ball lending device R.
The game ball lending device R can insert a storage medium (card) in which value information necessary for inserting bills and lending game balls is stored. Then, after inserting a bill (or inserting a card) into the game ball lending device R, by performing a predetermined operation on the pachinko machine P, the game ball can be rented from the game ball lending device R. You can do it.

As shown in FIG. 1 or 2, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a square frame body fixed to an island and has a hollow portion (not particularly shown) and a machine frame 1. A main body frame 2 having a hollow portion (not particularly shown), which is a quadrangular frame body that can be opened and closed by a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown), and this main body frame. No. 2 is provided with a front door 3 which is attached to 2 by a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown) so as to be openable and closable, and has an opening (not particularly shown) formed on the front surface.

As shown in FIG. 1, a speaker as an audio output device 10 is provided in the lower left portion of the machine frame 1. Further, a game board 11 for forming the game area 12 is housed in the hollow portion of the main body frame 2. Further, the front door 3 has a transparent plate 4 that covers the opening, an upper plate 6 and a saucer 7 that are located below the transparent plate 4 and can receive the game ball, and a game ball that is attached to the right side of the saucer 7. An operation handle 5 for performing a firing operation and a speaker as an audio output device 10 attached to each of the left and right upper sides of the transparent plate 4 are provided.

In this pachinko machine P, when the main body frame 2 is closed with respect to the machine frame 1 and the front door 3 is closed, the transparent plate 4 is positioned in front of the game board 11 with a gap in between. As a result, the game board 11 located at the rear can be visually recognized through the transparent plate 4.

Further, a game ball rented by the game ball lending device R and a prize ball paid out from the pachinko machine P are guided to the upper plate 6. The upper plate 6 is capable of receiving a predetermined amount of game balls, but when the upper plate 6 is filled with the game balls, the game balls that are subsequently rented or paid out are guided to the saucer 7. It has become like. Further, although not particularly shown, the bottom surface of the saucer 7 is provided with a discharge hole for discharging the stored game ball and an opening / closing plate capable of opening and closing the discharge hole. In the normal state, the discharge hole is closed by the opening / closing plate, but by moving the opening / closing lever 8 (see FIG. 1) integrally attached to the opening / closing plate in the lateral direction, the opening / closing plate also moves in the same direction and discharges. The hole is opened. As a result, the game ball can be dropped from the discharge hole and discharged to the outside of the saucer 7.

Further, the operation handle 5 is formed so that the player can rotate the operation handle 5 in a predetermined direction. Then, when the player rotates the operation handle 5, the game ball received by the upper plate 6 is sent to the launching device (not shown in particular), and the strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the operation handle 5 is increased. The launching device launches the game ball toward the game area 12. The game ball launched in this way is guided by a pair of rails 13a and 13b fixed to the game board 11 and ascends to reach the game area 12.

Here, the game area 12 is fixed to the game board 11 in the space formed between the game board 11 and the transparent board 4 with the main body frame 2 and the front door 3 closed with respect to the machine frame 1. It is a portion partitioned by a pair of rails 13a and 13b into a substantially circular shape, and is a region where a game ball can flow down.
As shown in FIG. 3, the gaming area 12 includes a first gaming area 12a, which is a region on the left side when viewed from a player facing the pachinko machine P, and a region on the right side when viewed from a player facing the pachinko machine P. It is composed of a second gaming area 12b. In these two game areas 12, the possibility of entering the game ball differs depending on the firing intensity of the launching device. Specifically, when the firing intensity of the launching device is less than a predetermined strength (strength that the gaming ball launched by the launching device does not reach the highest point of the gaming area 12), the gaming ball is in the first gaming area. Enter 12a. On the other hand, when the firing intensity of the launching device is equal to or higher than a predetermined strength (the strength at which the gaming ball launched by the launching device can reach the highest point of the gaming area 12), the gaming ball is in the second gaming area 12b. Enter into.

Further, in the game area 12, as shown in FIG. 3, a windmill and a large number of nails for making the flow direction of the game ball irregular, a general winning opening 14 into which the game ball can enter, and a start The first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16 as areas, the gate 20 through which the game ball can pass, the attacker device 17 that operates when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the game ball are guided to the outside of the game area 12. An out port 19 and an effect display device 21 as an effect device that produces an effect as the game progresses are provided. In FIG. 3, only some nails are shown, and other nails are omitted.

As shown in FIG. 3, the general winning openings 14 are provided at positions slightly to the left of the lower center of the game area 12, and when the game balls enter the general winning openings 14, a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment). ) Prize balls will be paid out.
The number and positions of the general winning openings 14 are not particularly limited.

As shown in FIG. 3, the first start winning opening 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12, and the second starting winning opening 16 is provided in the game area 12 as shown in FIG. It is located slightly above the center of the right part of. Then, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, only the game balls flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first starting winning opening 15, and the game balls flowing down the second game area 12b You cannot enter the ball. Further, only the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16, and the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter the ball.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the second start winning opening 16 is provided with a movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be opened and closed. When the movable piece 16b is closed, the second starting winning opening 16 is in the closed state, and it is impossible for the game ball to enter the second starting winning opening 16. On the other hand, when the movable piece 16b is opened, the second starting winning opening 16 is opened, and the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member for guiding the game ball toward the second starting winning opening 16. As a result, the game ball can be entered into the second starting winning opening 16.
The configuration of the movable piece 16b is not particularly limited, and for example, a pair of blade members that rotate in the left-right direction around an axis orthogonal to the game board 11 to open and close the second starting winning opening 16. , The second start winning opening 16 may be formed by a lid member that rotates in the front-rear direction about a horizontal axis with the game board 11 to open and close the second starting winning opening 16, or may be slid in the vertical direction to open and close the second starting winning opening 16. It may be composed of a shutter member that opens and closes 16.
The installation positions of the first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16 are not particularly limited. For example, the first starting winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16 are in any of the game areas 12 ( The game balls flowing down the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b) may also be arranged at positions where they can easily enter.

Then, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and whether or not a jackpot, which will be described later, is won (hereinafter, also referred to as a jackpot). , Whether or not a small hit, which will be described later, is won (hereinafter, also referred to as a small hit), and whether or not a time-saving game state, which will be described later, is given (hereinafter, also referred to as whether or not a time-saving game is given) It is performed, and one special symbol is determined from a plurality of predetermined special symbols according to the result of the winning / failing lottery. A plurality of types of special symbols that can be determined are provided, and according to the type of the determined special symbol, the execution of a special game that is advantageous to the player, the execution of a small hit game, and the granting of a time-saving game state (described later). Game profits such as (setting of the first time saving game state) to be performed) are given.
The number of prize balls to be paid out based on the entry of the game balls into the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is one or more, and any number can be used. good. Further, the number of prize balls is the same between the starting winning opening (second starting winning opening 16) in which the movable piece 16b is provided and the starting winning opening (first starting winning opening 15) in which the movable piece 16b is not provided. It may be different or different. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 is 4, based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. The number of prize balls paid out is one.

As shown in FIG. 3, the gate 20 is provided above the second starting winning opening 16. When the game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery of ordinary symbols, which will be described later, is performed. Then, when the result of the lottery of the ordinary symbol is a hit, the movable piece 16b provided in the above-mentioned second start winning opening 16 is opened for a predetermined time.

As shown in FIG. 3, the attacker device 17 is provided in the lower right portion of the game area 12 (below the second start winning opening 16). The attacker device 17 includes a large winning opening 18 into which a game ball can enter, and an opening / closing door 18b for opening and closing the large winning opening 18. In the normal state, since the opening / closing door 18b is closed and the large winning opening 18 is closed, it is impossible for the game ball to enter the large winning opening 18, but the above-mentioned special game or small hit game Is executed, the opening / closing door 18b is opened and the large winning opening 18 is opened, so that the game ball can enter the large winning opening 18. Specifically, the round game in which the large winning opening 18 is opened during the above-mentioned special game is executed a plurality of times, and the opening of the large winning opening 18 is 1 during the above-mentioned small hit game. It is supposed to be done once. When one game ball enters the large winning opening 18, a predetermined number of prize balls (10 in this embodiment) are paid out.
Further, as shown in FIG. 3, a game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the large winning opening 18, and a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter the ball. It has become like. Further, although not particularly shown, almost all the game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can reach the large winning opening 18 except for those entering the second starting winning opening 16. And windmills are arranged. Therefore, if the game ball is continuously launched as long as the large winning opening 18 is open, the game ball will enter the large winning opening 18.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, a turning road 51 is provided inside the attacker device 17 so that the game ball that has entered the large winning opening 18 can roll to the left. There is. The turning road 51 is branched into an upper passage 52 and a lower passage 53 at a predetermined position in the rolling direction, and a game ball that has entered the grand prize opening 18 can enter the end of the upper passage 52. A region 58 is provided, and a specific region 57 into which a game ball that has entered the large winning opening 18 can enter is provided at the end of the lower passage 53 (see FIGS. 4A and 4B).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, a distribution member that distributes the game ball to either the upper passage 52 or the lower passage 53 at the position where the upper passage 52 and the lower passage 53 branch off. 59 is provided. The distribution member 59 is rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 11, and is connected to a first position that opens the path to the upper passage 52 and blocks the path to the lower passage 53, and to the upper passage 52. It is possible to displace between the second position that blocks the path of the vehicle and opens the path to the lower passage 53. Then, the game ball that has entered the large winning opening 18 proceeds to the upper passage 52 when the distribution member 59 is located at the first position and enters the general area 58, and the distribution member 59 is located at the second position. When there is, it proceeds to the lower passage 53 and enters the specific area 57.

Further, although not particularly shown, the attacker device 17 includes a specific area discharge port for discharging the game ball that has entered the specific area 57 to the outside of the large winning opening 18 (the back side of the game board 11), and a general area. A general area discharge port for discharging the game ball that has entered 58 to the outside of the large winning opening 18 (the back side of the game board 11) is provided.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the opening / closing mode (opening / closing pattern) and distribution of the opening / closing door 18b in the round game executed during the above-mentioned special game are classified according to the type of the special symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot. The mode of operation (operation pattern) of the member 59 is set.
Then, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a predetermined number of gaming balls (one in the present embodiment) enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game, the gaming state after the end of the special game is the player. It is set to a gaming state in which a high-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state, which are advantageous gaming states for the player, are combined. On the other hand, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game (that is, when all the game balls that have entered the large winning opening 18 enter the general area 58). The gaming state after the end of the special gaming is set to a gaming state (normal gaming state) that combines a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state.
The opening / closing pattern of the opening / closing door 18b, the operation pattern of the distribution member 59, and the setting of the gaming state will be described in detail later.
As described above, in the round game during the special game, when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to the high-probability game state or the time-saving game state. Instead, the gaming state after the end of the special game may be set to the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state according to the type of the special symbol determined when the jackpot is won. For example, in the case of winning a big hit, when a specific special symbol is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a game state (high probability time-saving game state) in which a high-probability game state and a time-saving game state are combined. However, when a special symbol other than a specific special symbol is determined, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to a gaming state (normal gaming state) that combines a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state. It may be done. As described above, when the game state after the end of the special game is determined according to the type of the special symbol, it is not necessary to provide the above-mentioned specific area 57.

As shown in FIG. 3, the out opening 19 is provided at the lowermost portion of the game area 12, and is provided in any of the general winning opening 14, the first starting winning opening 15, the second starting winning opening 16, and the large winning opening 18. Also accepts game balls that did not enter. Then, the game ball received in the out port 19 is guided to the back side of the game board 11 and collected.

As shown in FIG. 3, the effect display device 21 is provided substantially in the center of the game area 12. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is used as the effect display device 21. Further, the effect display device 21 is provided with a display unit 21a for displaying an image such as a moving image or a still image, and the background image is displayed on the display unit 21a and the effect symbol 50 (! The dummy symbol) is variablely displayed, and the variable effect of notifying the player of the result of the winning / failing lottery is performed according to the stop display mode of each effect symbol 50.
The effect display device 21 is not limited to the liquid crystal display device, and for example, a drum-type display device or the like that performs various displays using a plurality of drums having a pattern on the outer periphery may be used.

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes, as an effect device, an effect display device 21, a speaker as the above-mentioned sound output device 10, and an effect lighting device 23 that produces an effect by emitting light in various colors and lighting patterns. It is equipped with a lamp (see FIG. 1).
The effect device is not limited to these, and may include, for example, an effect device that can move at various timings and modes.

Further, at the front position of the upper plate 6, an effect operation device 9 is provided that allows the player to operate and switch the effect to be executed during a game, a standby, or the like. The effect operation device 9 in the present embodiment is composed of an operation dial 9a which is a circular ring-shaped frame and can be rotated, and an operation button 9b which is fitted in the operation dial 9a and can be pressed. .. Then, when a predetermined effect is being executed by the effect display device 21, if a rotation operation of the operation dial 9a or a pressing operation of the operation button 9b is performed, various effects such as a variable effect progress or the display is switched to a different display. It is designed to do.
The effect operation device 9 is not limited to the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, etc., and may be provided with a cross key or the like capable of inputting in the up / down / left / right directions. Further, the effect operation device 9 such as the operation dial 9a and the operation button 9b may be provided, and the above-mentioned cross key may be separately provided.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3, a first special symbol display device 30 is provided as a device for displaying various situations related to the game on the lower right side of the game board 11 and outside the game area 12. , A second special symbol display device 31, a first special symbol hold display device 38, a second special symbol hold display device 39, a normal symbol display device 32, and a normal symbol hold display device 33 are provided.

Further, as described above, although the game ball lending device R is electrically connected to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, operations on the game ball lending device R such as lending game balls and ejecting cards can be performed. It is accepted by the pachinko machine P. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine P includes a value information display device 35 that displays value information (balance information) stored in the card, a ball lending button 36 that can be pressed, and a pressing operation. There is a card return button 37 that can be used.

(Structure of control means of pachinko machine P)
Next, the control means for controlling the game and the effect of the pachinko machine P will be described.
The above-mentioned control means is composed of various control boards. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 that controls the basic operation of the game of the pachinko machine P, the launch of the game ball, and the prize ball. It includes a launch / payout control board 200 that controls payout, a sub-control board 300 that controls various effects, and a game ball lending control board 400 that relays operations to the game ball lending device R.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the launch / payout control board 200 and the sub-control board 300 are connected to the main control board 100, and the game ball lending control board 400 is connected to the launch / payout control board 200. There is. Further, an external information terminal board 500 for outputting various information on the progress of the game to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a hall computer in the game hall) is connected to the main control board 100 and the launch / payout control board 200. Has been done.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the launch payout control board 200 controls both the launch of the game ball and the payout of the prize ball, but the board that controls the launch of the game ball (launch control). A substrate) and a substrate for controlling the payout of prize balls (payout control board) may be provided separately.

Further, although not particularly shown, a power supply board is connected to each board included in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. A backup power supply is provided on this power supply board, and when the voltage value of the power supply supplied to the pachinko machine P becomes equal to or less than a predetermined value, it is determined that the power supply is disconnected and a power failure signal is output to the main control board 100. ..

The main control board 100 controls the game performed in the pachinko machine P. Specifically, the main control board 100 starts when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16. Special figure game to be played (win / fail lottery, determination of special symbol, change display of special symbol (hereinafter, also referred to as change of special symbol)), normal figure game started when the game ball passes through the gate 20 ( It controls lottery of ordinary symbols, variable display of ordinary symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as variation of ordinary symbols), special games that are advantageous to the player, small hit games, and the like.
As shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 that performs various arithmetic processes, a control program for advancing the game, a main ROM 102 that stores data and tables required for the game, and at the time of arithmetic processing. It is provided with a main RAM 103 used as a temporary storage area or the like.
Then, the main CPU 101 reads the control program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs arithmetic processing based on the signals from each detection sensor and timer described later, and also controls and calculates various devices connected to the main CPU 101. Send commands to other boards based on the processing results.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 has a general winning opening detection sensor 14a for detecting that a game ball has entered the general winning opening 14, and a game ball entering the first starting winning opening 15. The first start winning opening detection sensor 15a that detects that the ball has hit, the second starting winning opening detection sensor 16a that detects that the game ball has entered the second starting winning opening 16, and the game ball to the large winning opening 18. A large winning opening detection sensor 18a that detects that the ball has entered, a gate detection sensor 20a that detects that the game ball has passed through the gate 20, and a fraud detection sensor that detects magnetism, radio waves, etc. directed at the game board 11. The 35 and the specific area detection sensor 57a that detects that the game ball has entered the specific area 57 are connected. Then, the detection signals output from each of these detection sensors are input to the main control board 100.
The sensor connected to the main control board 100 is not limited to these, and for example, a general area detection sensor or the like for detecting that the game ball has entered the general area 58 may be provided.

Further, on the main control board 100, as devices to be controlled, the start winning opening solenoid 16c for opening and closing the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 and the opening / closing door 18b for the large winning opening 18 are opened and closed. The grand prize opening solenoid 18c, the sorting member solenoid 59c that displaces the sorting member 59, the first special symbol display device 30, the second special symbol display device 31, the ordinary symbol display device 32, and the first special symbol hold display. The device 38, the second special figure holding display device 39, and the ordinary symbol holding display device 33 are connected.
Then, by driving each solenoid by the main control board 100, the opening / closing control of the second starting winning opening 16 and the large winning opening 18 and the displacement control of the distribution member 59 are performed, and the display control of each display device is performed. It is supposed to be done.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of stages from the set value 1 to the set value 6 are set as the setting related to the payout, and due to the difference in the set value, the big hit in the winning / losing lottery described later is won. The probabilities of are different. For example, the setting value 6 is set so that the probability of winning the jackpot is higher than the setting value 1, and the higher the probability of winning the jackpot, the higher the possibility of winning the prize ball. By changing the set value, the amount of prize balls to be paid out in the pachinko machine P changes. Further, the winning / failing random number determination table 110 used in the winning / failing lottery described later is provided corresponding to each of the set values 1 to 6, and when the set value is changed, the winning / failing random number determination provided for each set value is provided. The entire table 110 will be changed.
Although not particularly shown, the main control board 100 is provided with a RAM clear switch and a setting switch used for changing the above-mentioned set values. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the power is turned on with the front door 3 open and both the RAM clear switch and the setting switch turned on, the pachinko machine P shifts to a setting change state in which the set value can be changed. .. Then, in this setting change state, the set value can be changed by operating the RAM clear switch.

Although not particularly shown, the launch / payout control board 200 includes a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM like the main control board 100, and is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be capable of bidirectional communication. ..

As shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 has a touch sensor 5a for detecting that the player touches the operation handle 5 and an operation of the operation handle 5 as a device for controlling the launch of the game ball. An operation volume 5b that detects an angle (rotation angle), a launch stop switch 5c that stops the launch of the game ball, and a ball feed that sends the game ball received in the upper plate 6 to a launcher (not shown). The solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 that launches the game ball are connected. Further, the control signals output from the touch sensor 5a, the operation volume 5b, and the firing stop switch 5c are input to the firing payout control board 200.

Then, when the control signals from the touch sensor 5a and the operation volume 5b are input to the launch / payout control board 200, the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 are energized to launch the game ball. Further, while the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 are energized, the game balls are continuously launched at intervals of 0.6 seconds (that is, the launch pace of 100 balls per minute). .. On the other hand, when the control signal from the launch stop switch 5c is input to the launch payout control board 200, control is performed to stop the launch of the game ball by stopping the energization of the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61.
As the device for launching the game ball, a rotary solenoid may be used instead of the launch motor 61.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 receives a prize for a game ball stored in a game ball storage unit (not particularly shown) as a device for controlling the payout of the game ball. A payout motor 62 that pays out as a ball and a payout counting switch 63 that detects and counts the paid out game balls are connected. Then, when the launch payout control board 200 receives the payout number command transmitted from the main control board 100, the launch payout control board 200 pays out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) based on the payout number command. The payout motor 62 is controlled so as to. At this time, the number of game balls paid out is counted by the payout counting switch 63, and it is possible to determine whether or not a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) have been paid out.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the launch / payout control board 200 includes a front door open detection sensor 3a for detecting the open state of the front door 3 and a saucer full tank detection sensor 7a for detecting the full tank state of the saucer 7. , Are connected.

When the front door opening detection sensor 3a detects that the front door 3 is open, the front door opening detection sensor 3a outputs an opening detection signal to the firing / payout control board 200, and the opening detection signal is output while the front door 3 is open. It is output continuously. Then, when the release detection signal is input, the launch / payout control board 200 transmits a door opening command to the main control board 100. On the other hand, when the front door opening detection sensor 3a does not detect that the front door 3 is open, the front door opening detection sensor 3a is turned off and the output of the door opening detection signal is stopped. Then, when the input of the door opening detection signal is stopped, the launch / payout control board 200 determines that the front door 3 is closed, and stops transmitting the door opening command to the main control board 100.

The saucer full tank detection sensor 7a is provided at a predetermined position of the saucer 7. When a predetermined amount or more of the game balls to be paid out as prize balls are stored in the saucer 7 and the tank is full, the stored game balls reach the above-mentioned predetermined position.
When the saucer full tank detection sensor 7a detects that the game ball has reached the above-mentioned predetermined position, the saucer full tank detection sensor 7a is turned on and outputs a saucer detection signal to the launch / payout control board 200, and the stored game ball is described above. While the predetermined position is reached, the saucer detection signal is continuously output. Then, when the saucer detection signal is input, the launch / payout control board 200 transmits a saucer full tank command to the main control board 100. On the other hand, when the saucer full tank detection sensor 7a does not detect that the game ball has reached the above-mentioned predetermined position, the saucer full tank detection sensor 7a is turned off and the output of the saucer detection signal is stopped. Then, when the input of the saucer detection signal is stopped, the launch / payout control board 200 determines that the full tank state of the saucer 7 has been released, and stops transmitting the saucer full tank command to the main control board 100.

Further, as described above, the launch / payout control board 200 is connected to the game ball lending control board 400 that relays the operation to the game ball lending device R. As shown in FIG. 5, the launch / payout control board 200 includes a value information display device 35, a ball lending switch 36a for detecting a pressing operation of the ball lending button 36, and a card return via the game ball lending control board 400. A card return switch 37a that detects the pressing operation of the button 37 is connected.

When the ball lending button 36 is pressed, a detection signal output from the ball lending switch 36a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 refers to the game ball lending device R with respect to the game ball. Sends a lending request signal requesting lending. Then, when the game ball lending device R receives the lending request signal, the game ball lending device R performs a process of subtracting a predetermined value information from the stored value information and corresponds to the subtracted value information. Control is performed to pay out the number of game balls to be played.
Further, when the card return button 37 is pressed, the detection signal output from the card return switch 37a is input to the launch / payout control board 200, and the launch / payout control board 200 sends the card return control board 200 to the game ball lending device R. Send a return request signal requesting the return of the card. Then, when the game ball lending device R receives the return request signal, the game ball lending device R controls to eject the card.

The sub-control board 300 controls an effect executed during a game, a standby, or the like.
As shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 300 includes a sub CPU 301 that performs various arithmetic processes, a control program for executing the effect, a sub ROM 302 that stores data and tables necessary for executing the effect, and an operation. It includes a sub RAM 303 that is used as a temporary storage area during processing, and is connected so as to enable communication from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 in one direction.
Then, the sub CPU 301 reads the control program stored in the sub ROM 302 and performs arithmetic processing based on the command transmitted from the main control board 100 and the signal from the timer, and performs image control for controlling the image display. On a board (not shown), a voice control board for controlling voice output (not shown), and an illumination control board for controlling lighting (not shown). , Send a command to execute the effect.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the voice control board and the illumination control board are separately provided, but one board (voice illumination control board) in which the functions of these boards are integrated is provided. ) May be provided, and both the audio output and the lighting of the lighting may be controlled by the substrate.

Further, the effect display device 21 is connected to the sub-control board 300 via the image control board, and the sound output device 10 is connected to the sub-control board 300 via the sound control board. Further, the sub-control board 300 is provided with the effect lighting device 23, the rotation operation detection sensor 9c for detecting the rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, and the pressing operation for detecting the pressing operation of the operation button 9b via the illumination control board. The detection sensor 9d and the detection sensor 9d are connected.

Although not particularly shown, the image control board includes an image CPU, an image ROM, an image RAM, and the like. The image ROM of the image control board stores image data such as the effect symbol 50 and the background displayed on the effect display device 21. Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub-control board 300, the image CPU controls the image display by the effect display device 21 by storing the image data read from the image ROM in the image RAM.

Although not particularly shown, the voice control board includes a sound chip (CPU), a sound ROM, a sound RAM, and the like. Sound data such as voice and BGM output from the voice output device 10 is stored in the sound ROM. Then, the audio output from the audio output device 10 is controlled by storing the sound data read from the sound ROM in the sound RAM based on the command transmitted from the sub-control board 300.

The illumination control board controls the lighting of the lighting by the effect lighting device 23 based on the command from the sub control board 300. Further, the illumination control board has a rotation operation detection signal output from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c based on the rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, or a push operation detection signal output from the pressing operation detection sensor 9d based on the pressing operation of the operation button 9b. When the operation detection signal is input, a predetermined command is transmitted to the sub-control board 300.

(Outline of the game of pachinko machine P)
Next, the game in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment will be described based on various tables stored in the main ROM 102.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special figure game and the normal figure game proceed in parallel. Further, as the gaming state when advancing both of these games, there are either a low-probability gaming state (so-called non-probability changing state) or a high-probability gaming state (so-called probabilistic changing state), and a non-probability gaming state or a time-saving gaming state. Any of the gaming states of the states and any of the gaming states in which are combined are set. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, two time-saving game states, a first time-saving game state and a second time-saving game state, are provided, and one of the time-saving game states is set. There is.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined (hereinafter referred to as a normal gaming state), a low-probability gaming state, and a first time-saving gaming state are combined. A gaming state (hereinafter referred to as a first low-probability time-saving gaming state), a gaming state combining a low-probability gaming state and a second time-saving gaming state (hereinafter referred to as a second low-probability time-saving gaming state), or a high-probability gaming state and One of the gaming states (hereinafter referred to as high-probability time-saving gaming states) in which the second time-saving gaming states are combined is set.

Here, the low-probability gaming state and the high-probability gaming state are gaming states in which the probability of winning a jackpot is set to be different depending on the winning / failing lottery described later, and in the high-probability gaming state, the jackpot is won by the winning / losing lottery. The probability of playing is set to a higher value than the low probability gaming state. That is, it is easier to win a big hit in the high-probability gaming state than in the low-probability gaming state.

Further, the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state are game states in which the difficulty level of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is set to be different, and in the time-saving game state, the non-time-saving game The movable piece 16b is set to be more easily maintained in the open state (that is, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be in the open state) than in the state. That is, it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16 in the time-saving game state than in the non-time-saving game state.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, two time-saving gaming states, a first time-saving gaming state and a second time-saving gaming state, are provided. The movable piece 16b is set so as to be more easily maintained in the open state than in the one-hour short game state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball is most likely to enter the second start winning opening 16 during the second time saving game state, and then the second starting winning opening 16 is during the first time saving gaming state. It is easy for the game ball to enter the ball, and it is most difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting winning opening 16 during the non-time-saving game state.
In the initial state immediately after factory shipment or after reset, the normal game state is set.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the game area 12 enters the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, a winning or losing lottery is made. Is performed, and a special symbol associated with the game profit based on the result of the winning / losing lottery is determined. In the winning / failing lottery in this embodiment, the winning / failing of the jackpot is first determined, and when the judgment result that the jackpot has not been won (hereinafter, also referred to as the non-winning of the jackpot) is derived, then the small hit is determined. When the judgment of winning or failing is performed and the judgment result that the small hit is not won (hereinafter, also referred to as the non-winning of the small hit) is derived, then whether or not the time saving is granted (whether to give the time saving game state) Whether or not, in other words, whether or not to set the time saving game state) is determined, and when the judgment result (hereinafter, also referred to as non-winning of the time saving game state) that the time saving game state is not given is derived. It will be a loss.
Then, when the judgment result of winning the jackpot is derived by this winning / failing lottery (that is, when the jackpot is won), the big winning opening 18 is opened and it is possible to insert the game ball into the big winning opening 18. The special game is executed, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to either a normal game state, a second low-probability time-saving game state, or a high-probability time-saving game state. That is, after the end of the special game, the state shifts to either a normal game state, a second low-probability time-saving game state, or a high-probability time-saving game state.

Further, when the determination result of winning the small hit is derived by the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery (that is, when the small hit is won), the large winning opening 18 is opened and the game ball can be inserted into the large winning opening 18. A small hit game is executed. Then, in this small hit game, when the game ball enters the large winning opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out as described above. The game state after the end of the small hit game remains the same as the game state before the start of the small hit game. That is, when the small hit game is executed, the game state does not change.

Further, when the determination result (hereinafter, also referred to as winning of the time saving game state) that the time saving game state is given is derived by the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, the first time saving game state is set without changing the low probability game state. It has become. That is, when the time saving is granted by the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, the gaming state shifts from the normal gaming state to the first low probability time saving gaming state. On the other hand, if the time saving is not won by the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, the gaming state remains the normal gaming state.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the winning / failing of the time saving is determined only in the winning / failing lottery during the normal gaming state, and the winning / failing of the time saving is not determined in the winning / failing lottery during the other gaming states. .. Therefore, during other game states, the judgment result of winning the time saving is not derived, so that the game state does not change without going through the jackpot winning and the execution of the special game. It is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15. Further, the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, enter the second starting winning opening 16, and enter the large winning opening 18.
Then, during the normal game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state, the player launches the game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15. During the second low-probability time-saving game state, high-probability time-saving game state, and special game, a game ball enters the grand prize opening 18 or the game ball passes through the gate 20. The player is made to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hit) so as to enter the second start winning opening 16.
Specifically, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, and the special game, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b. Therefore, during the normal game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a.

The winning / failing lottery is for determining various random numbers acquired when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16 and the random numbers stored in the main ROM 102. It is done based on various tables of.
Here, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a random number related to the winning / failing lottery and the determination of the special symbol, which is used to determine the result of the winning / failing lottery (big hit, small hit, granting of time-saving gaming state or loss). It has a special symbol random number used to determine the type of special symbol and a variation pattern random number used to determine the variation pattern command described later.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the above-mentioned pass / fail random number. This random number is updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed every time the random number sequence is cycled, and the start value is changed every time the system is reset.
Further, the variation pattern command is for determining a variation effect pattern (variation time, mode) capable of notifying the result of the winning / failing lottery. The random numbers used to determine the variation pattern command are not limited to those described above, and for example, other random numbers may be used in addition to this random number.

Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, random numbers are acquired for each of the above random numbers, and each random number is stored in the reserved storage area of the main RAM 103. It has become like.
This reserved storage area stores each random number value (hereinafter referred to as the first special figure random number) of the random numbers related to the winning / failing lottery and the determination of the special symbol acquired by the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15. Each random number value of the random number related to the winning / failing lottery and the determination of the special symbol, which is acquired by entering the game ball into the first reserved storage area and the second starting winning opening 16 (hereinafter referred to as the second special figure). It is composed of a second reserved storage area for storing (called a random number). Each of these reserved storage areas is composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, and a total of four sets of first special figure random numbers and a total of four special figure random numbers. The group can be memorized.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15, the first special figure random number is stored in order from the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area. It has become. For example, if a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 in a state where the first special figure random number is not stored in any of the storage units of the first reserved storage area, it is acquired as a trigger. The first special figure random number is stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area. In addition, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 in a state where the first special figure random number is stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area, it is acquired as an opportunity. The first special figure random number is stored in the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area. In addition, when a game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 in a state where the first special figure random number is stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area, this is stored. The first special figure random number acquired as an opportunity is stored in the third storage unit of the first reserved storage area. In addition, when a game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 in a state where the first special figure random number is stored in the first storage unit to the third storage unit of the first reserved storage area, this is stored. It is stored in the fourth storage unit of the first special figure random number first reserved storage area acquired as an opportunity. Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 in a state where the first special figure random number is stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area, this entry is made. The first special figure random number related to the sphere is not stored.

Similarly, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the second special figure random number is stored in order from the first storage unit of the second reserved storage area. Since the specific memory processing is the same as the storage of the first special figure random number described above, the description thereof will be omitted.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of sets of the first special figure random numbers stored in the first hold storage area (hereinafter referred to as the first hold number) is the first hold number counter (particularly shown in the figure). The number of sets of the second special figure random numbers (hereinafter referred to as the second reserved number) stored in the second reserved storage area (hereinafter referred to as the second reserved number) is stored in the second reserved number counter (not particularly shown). It is supposed to be remembered.
In the present specification, as described above, storing the first special figure random number or the second special figure random number in the hold storage area is also referred to as "hold" or "hold storage", and is also referred to as the first hold. The number or the second hold number is also simply referred to as the "hold number".

Then, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is executed when the winning / failing random number determination table 110 for determining the result of the winning / failing lottery, the special symbol random number determining table 111 for determining the type of the special symbol, and the jackpot are won. After the special electric accessory operation table 112 for controlling the special game and the small hit game executed when the small hit is won, and the determination result of granting the time saving game state are derived (the first described later). The game state setting table 113 for setting the game state after the time-saving game state is determined) or after the end of the special game, and the variation for determining the variation pattern command. It has a pattern table 114.
The table related to the winning / failing lottery is not limited to these, and if it is necessary to make a determination or determination based on a random number, a table may be provided as appropriate.

The winning / failing random number determination table 110 is for determining the result of the winning / failing lottery (winning of big hit, winning of small hit, winning of time saving or loss), and is roughly classified into winning / losing that is referred to in the low probability gaming state. It includes a random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table A) and a winning / failing random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table B) referred to in a high-probability gaming state. Further, as shown in FIGS. 6 to 11, each of the table A and the table B is provided with six types according to the set value being set.

Specifically, in the table A, the table A1 referred to when the set value is "1", the table A2 referred to when the set value is "2", and the set value is "3". The table A3 referred to in the case, the table A4 referred to when the set value is "4", the table A5 referred to when the set value is "5", and the set value is "6". A table A6 referred to in the case is provided.
Table B includes B1 referenced when the set value is "1", table B2 referenced when the set value is "2", and a table referenced when the set value is "3". B3, table B4 referenced when the set value is "4", table B5 referenced when the set value is "5", and table referenced when the set value is "6". B6 is provided.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one winning / failing random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 65535. Then, one of the above-mentioned hit / miss random number determination tables 110 is selected according to the set value set in the pachinko machine P and the game state at the time of performing the win / fail lottery, and is selected as the acquired win / loss random number. The result of the winning / failing lottery is determined based on the winning / failing random number determination table 110.

As shown in FIG. 6A, according to Table A1, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1373, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1374 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A1 is about 1/175, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 7A, according to Table A2, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1384, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1385 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A2 is about 1/170, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 8A, according to Table A3, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1396, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1397 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A3 is about 1/165, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 9A, according to Table A4, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1408, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1409 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A4 is about 1/160, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 10A, according to Table A5, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1421, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1422 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A5 is about 1/155, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 11A, according to Table A6, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1434, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is won, and if it is any other winning / failing random number (0 to 999, 1435-1999, 3965-65535), it is determined to be lost. .. Therefore, the probability of winning the big hit in this table A6 is about 1/150, the probability of winning the small hit is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving is about 1/100.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6B, according to Table B1, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1484, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, the small hit is determined. If it is determined to be a winner and other random numbers (0 to 999, 1485 to 1999, 331 to 65535) are used, it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B1 is about 1/135, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 7B, according to Table B2, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1503, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1504 to 1999, 331 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B2 is about 1/130, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 8B, according to Table B3, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1523, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1524-1999, 331 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B3 is about 1/125, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 9B, according to Table B4, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1545, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1546 to 1999, 331 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B4 is about 1/120, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 10B, according to Table B5, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1568, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1569 to 1999, 331 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B5 is about 1/115, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 11B, according to Table B6, when the winning / failing random number is 1000 to 1594, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the winning / failing random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1595 to 1999, 331 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning a big hit in this table B6 is about 1/110, and the probability of winning a small hit is about 1/50.

As described above, the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state and the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state (for example, table A1 and table B1) having the same associated set values. Etc.), the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state is set so that the probability of winning a jackpot is higher than that of the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state. ing.
In addition, the numerical range of the winning / failing random number determined to be a big hit in the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state is associated with the same set value as the winning / failing random number determination table 110, which is a high-probability game. It is included in the numerical range of the winning / failing random number determined to be the winning of the jackpot in the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the state (specifically, the lower limit value in the numerical range of being determined to be the winning of the jackpot is the same, and The upper limit is different). That is, the winning / failing random number determined to be a big hit in the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state is associated with the same set value, and is referred to in the high-probability gaming state. However, it will be judged as a big hit.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the lower limit value in the numerical range of the winning / failing random number determined to win the jackpot is the same, and the upper limit value is set to be different. The upper limit value may be the same and the lower limit value may be different.

Further, in any table, the numerical range of the winning / failing random number determined to be a small hit is outside the numerical range of the winning / failing random number determined to be a big hit, and the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the numerical range are the same. As a result, the odds of winning a small hit are set to be the same. That is, regardless of the set value and the gaming state (high-probability gaming state, low-probability gaming state), it is determined that a small hit is won with the same probability.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is possible to win a small hit in the winning / failing lottery based on either the first special figure random number or the second special figure random number, but the present invention is not limited to this. It may be set so that a small win can be won only in the winning / failing lottery based on the first special figure random number, or it can be set so that the small hit can be won only in the winning / failing lottery based on the second special figure random number. May be good.

In addition, the winning / failing random number determination table 110 (table A1, table A2, table A3, table A4, table A5, table A6) referred to in the low-probability gaming state is a numerical value of the winning / failing random number determined to be a winning time reduction. The range is outside the numerical range of the winning / failing random number judged to be a big hit, and the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the numerical range are set to be the same. It is set to be. Therefore, in the normal game state, regardless of the set value, it is determined that the time saving is won with the same probability.
As described above, since the winning / failing lottery in the gaming state other than the normal gaming state does not determine the winning / failing of the time saving grant, the winning / failing random number determination table 110 (table B1, table B2, etc.) referred to in the high probability gaming state. Table B3, table B4, table B5, and table B6) are not provided with a numerical region for determining the winning of the time saving grant. Therefore, in the high-probability gaming state, it is not determined that the time saving is granted.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the numerical range determined to be a big hit, the numerical range determined to be a small hit, and the numerical range determined to be a time saving grant are all continuous. Although it was composed of a range of numerical values, it is not limited to this, and it may be composed of a discontinuous range of numerical values including a numerical value that is lost in between.

The special symbol random number determination table 111 is for determining the type of the special symbol, and as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, when the winning / failing lottery is performed by the first special symbol random number. It includes a first start winning opening determination table 111a to be referred to, and a second starting winning opening determination table 111b to be referred to when a winning / failing lottery is performed by a second special figure random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one special symbol random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 199. Then, when the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery is performed, a special symbol random number determination table of either the first starting winning opening determination table 111a or the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is performed according to the starting winning opening in which the game ball has entered. 111 is selected, and the type of the special symbol is determined based on the acquired special symbol random number and the selected special symbol random number determination table 111.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, four types of jackpot symbols (X1, X2, X3, X4) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as jackpot symbols) determined when a jackpot is won. In addition, two types of small hit symbols (Y1, Y2) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as small hit symbols) that are determined when a small hit is won, and a time-saving grant is won. Seven types of time-saving symbols (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as time-saving symbols) that are determined when Two types of lost symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as lost symbols) determined in.

As shown in FIG. 12A, according to the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 1. The jackpot symbol X2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 2 to 139, and the jackpot symbol X3 is determined when the special symbol random number is 140 to 199. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the probability that the jackpot symbol X1 is determined is 1%, the probability that the jackpot symbol X2 is determined is 69%, and the jackpot symbol X3. The probability that is determined is 30%.
Further, in the case of winning a small hit, the small hit symbol Y1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 99, and the small hit symbol Y2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100 to 199. Will be done. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when a small hit is won, the probability that the small hit symbol Y1 is determined and the probability that the small hit symbol Y2 is determined are both 50%. ing.
Further, in the case of winning the time saving grant, the time saving symbol J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 99, and the time saving symbol J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100 to 149. When the special symbol random number is 150 to 183, the time saving symbol J3 is determined, when the special symbol random number is 184 to 193, the time saving symbol J4 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 194 to 197. The time saving symbol J5 is determined, and the time saving symbol J6 is determined when the special symbol random number is 198 to 199. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the time saving symbol is won, the probability that the time saving symbol J1 is determined is 50%, the probability that the time saving symbol J2 is determined is 25%, and the time saving symbol is determined. The probability that J3 is determined is 17%, the probability that the time-saving symbol J4 is determined is 5%, the probability that the time-saving symbol J5 is determined is 2%, and the probability that the time-saving symbol J6 is determined is 1%.
Further, in the case of loss, the lost symbol Z1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 19, and the lost symbol Z2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 20 to 199. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, in the case of loss, the probability that the lost symbol Z1 is determined is 10%, and the probability that the lost symbol Z2 is determined is 90%.

As shown in FIG. 12B, according to the second start winning opening determination table 111b, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 139. When the special symbol random number is 140 to 199, the jackpot symbol X4 is determined. That is, in the second start winning opening determination table 111b, when the jackpot is won, the probability that the jackpot symbol X1 is determined is 70%, and the probability that the jackpot symbol X4 is determined is 30%. ..
Further, in the case where the time saving grant is won, the time saving symbol J7 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 199 (that is, regardless of the value of the special symbol random number). That is, in the second start winning opening determination table 111b, the probability that the time saving symbol J7 is determined is 100% when the time saving grant is won.
As shown in FIG. 12B, the type of the small hit symbol determined when the small hit is won, the probability of determining the type, the type of the lost symbol determined in the case of loss, and the type of the lost symbol are determined. The determination probability of the type is set to the same contents as the first start winning opening determination table 111a.

The special electric accessory operating table 112 is for controlling a special game executed when a big hit is won and a small hit game executed when a small hit is won, and is for controlling the special game and the small hit game. It is referred to for operating the large winning opening solenoid 18c and the distribution member solenoid 59c during the execution of the small hit game. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 13A to 13D, the first special electric accessory operating table 112 is referred to when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. The operating table 112a, the second operating table 112b that is referred to when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, and the third operating table that is referred to when the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined by winning the jackpot. 112c and a fourth operating table 112d, which is referred to when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined by winning the small hit, are provided.

Specifically, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the special game is executed with reference to the first operation table 112a shown in FIG. 13A. According to the first operation table 112a, the process ends when either the condition that the large winning opening 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the large winning opening 18 is satisfied. The round game is executed 10 times in total from 1 round to 10 rounds. Further, during each round game, the opening / closing door 18b is displaced from the closed position to the open position, is positioned at the open position for 29.0 seconds, and then is displaced from the open position to the closed position (opening / closing pattern). As a result, the large winning opening 18 is opened only once, and the time (that is, interval time) for closing the large winning opening 18 between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13A, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during each round of the 1st round, 2nd round, 4th round to 10th round. It is designed to operate in a mode (operation pattern) of being (positioned). On the other hand, during the three-round round game, the distribution member 59 operates in a manner of staying at the second position.

Further, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the special game is executed with reference to the second operation table 112b shown in FIG. 13 (b). According to the second operating table 112b, a round game ending under the same conditions as the above-mentioned first operating table 112a is executed a total of 10 times from 1 round to 10 rounds. The opening / closing pattern and interval time of the opening / closing door 18b are also set to be the same as those of the first operation table 112a.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13B, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during each round of the 1st round, 2nd round, 4th round to 10th round. Similarly, the distribution member 59 operates in a mode of staying at the first position, and further, the distribution member 59 operates in a mode of stopping at the first position even during the round game of three rounds. It has become.

Further, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined, the special game is executed with reference to the third operation table 112c shown in FIG. 13 (c). According to the third operating table 112c, the round game ending under the same conditions as the first operating table 112a and the second operating table 112b described above is executed a total of four times from one round to four rounds. The opening / closing pattern and interval time of the opening / closing door 18b are set to be the same as those of the first operating table 112a and the second operating table 112b.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13C, when the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined, the jackpot symbol X1 and the jackpot symbol X2 are determined during each round of the 1st round, 2nd round, and 4th round. As in the case of the above, the distribution member 59 is operated in a manner of staying at the first position, and further, during the round game of 3 rounds, the distribution member X2 is distributed in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. The member 59 operates in a manner of staying at the first position.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the big winning opening 18 is continuously displayed for 29.0 seconds in the three round round game (specific round game). Since the distribution member 59 is opened and stays at the second position, as long as the game balls are launched toward the second game area 12b, the game balls enter the large winning opening 18 and a predetermined number of the game balls are surely entered. The game ball can be made to enter the specific area 57.
On the other hand, when the jackpot symbols X2, X3 or X4 are determined, the jackpot 18 is continuously opened for 29.0 seconds in the round game of 3 rounds, but the distribution member 59 is in the first position. Therefore, even if the game ball enters the large winning opening 18, all the game balls enter the general area 58, and it is impossible for the game ball to enter the specific area 57.

Further, when the small hit is won and the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the small hit game is executed with reference to the fourth operation table 112d shown in FIG. 13 (d). According to the fourth operating table 112d, the large winning opening 18 is opened once for 0.05 seconds, and when 10 game balls enter while the first large winning opening 18 is open, the large winning opening 18 is opened. Closes.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13D, the distribution member 59 operates in a mode of first stopping during the small hit game.
As described above, in the small hit game, since the large winning opening 18 opens only for 0.05 seconds, it is almost impossible to insert the game ball into the large winning opening 18. Further, since the distribution member 50 stays at the first position during the small hit game, even if the game ball enters the large winning opening 18, the game ball enters the general area 58 and the game ball is placed in the specific area. It is impossible to enter 57.

The game state setting table 113 shows the game state after the end of the special game when the special game is executed, and the time-saving symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, which are won in the winning / losing lottery during the normal game state. This is for setting the gaming state after J5, J6 or J7 is determined.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a special game is executed, the type of the jackpot symbol determined at the time of the jackpot that triggered the execution of the special game, and the specified area 57 during the special game are specified. The game state after the end of the special game is set according to whether or not a number (one in this embodiment) of game balls has entered. In addition, when the time saving symbol J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state, the gaming state specified for each time saving symbol is set. It is supposed to be done. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, whether or not the game ball can enter the specific area 57 is set according to the determined type of jackpot symbol, and is substantially determined. The jackpot symbol determines whether or not to shift to the high-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game based on the decision.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a big hit in the low-probability time-saving gaming state and shifting to the high-probability gaming state, the pachinko machine P is continuously in the high-probability gaming state without shifting to the low-probability gaming state. The jackpot symbol with which the settings are associated has been determined, and the number of times the jackpot symbol has been determined in succession (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive high-probability settings) has reached a predetermined upper limit (10000 in this embodiment). Occasionally, a low-probability game state is forcibly set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol. That is, if the above-mentioned jackpot symbols are continuously determined up to the upper limit number of times without shifting to the low-probability gaming state through the execution of the special game, the high-probability gaming state is reached after the special game based on the determination is completed. The low-probability gaming state is forcibly set even when the condition for setting is satisfied.
Similarly, after winning a jackpot in the non-time-saving game state and shifting to the time-saving game state (in this embodiment, the second time-saving game state), the time-saving game state is continuously set without shifting to the non-time-saving game state. When the jackpot symbol associated with is determined and the number of times the jackpot symbol is continuously determined (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive time reduction settings) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (10000 in this embodiment). After the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol, the non-time saving game state is forcibly set. That is, if the above-mentioned jackpot symbol is continuously determined up to the maximum number of times without shifting to the non-time-saving game state through the execution of the special game, the time-saving game state is changed after the end of the special game based on the determination. Even when the set conditions are met, the non-time saving game state is forcibly set.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of consecutive high-accuracy settings and the number of continuous time-saving settings may reach 10,000 times based on the set probability of winning the jackpot and the probability of determining each jackpot symbol. However, substantially, the high-probability gaming state and the time-saving gaming state will continue until the condition for setting the low-probability gaming state and the condition for setting the non-time-saving gaming state are satisfied.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 14A to 14J, a jackpot symbol X1 is determined as the game state setting table 113, and a predetermined number of game balls are sent to the specific area 57 during the special game. The first game state setting table 113a referred to when entering, and the second game referred to when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game. The state setting table 113b, the third game state setting table 113c that is referred to when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, and the hit / fail during the normal game state. When the fourth game state setting table 113d, which is referred to when the time saving symbol J1 is determined by winning the time saving in the lottery, and when the time saving symbol J2 is determined in the winning or losing lottery during the normal game state The fifth game state setting table 113e to be referred to, the sixth game state setting table 113f to be referred to when the time saving symbol J3 is determined in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game state The 7th game state setting table 113g, which is referred to when the time saving symbol J4 is determined in the winning / failing lottery, and the time saving symbol J5 are determined in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state. The eighth game state setting table 113h referred to in the case, the ninth game state setting table 113i referred to when the time saving symbol J6 is determined by winning the time saving in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game. A tenth game state setting table 113j, which is referred to when the time saving symbol J7 is determined as a winning time saving in the winning / losing lottery during the state, is provided.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14A, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the continuous high probability setting number is predetermined. When the upper limit number of times has not been reached, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability gaming state, and the number of continuations of the high-probability gaming state (hereinafter referred to as the high-probability number of times) is set to 10,000 times. Along with this, when the continuous time reduction setting number has not reached the predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the time reduction number is set to 10,000 times. NS.
That is, in the above case, when the continuous high probability setting number and the continuous time reduction setting number have not reached the upper limit number, the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 10,000 times after the end of the special game without winning the jackpot. Until then, the high-probability game state and the second time-saving game state (that is, the high-probability time-saving game state) continue. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high probability gaming state is about 1/110 to 1/135, so that the jackpot is substantially re-winned. Until then, the high-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above case, when the continuous high probability set number of times has reached a predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low probability game state, and the continuous time is shortened. When the set number of times has reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time saving game state.

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the second position during the three rounds in the special game, so as long as the game ball is launched into the second game area 12b. Always, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57. That is, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, as long as the game ball is launched into the second game area 12b, the high-probability time-saving game state is surely set.
Further, although not particularly shown, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game even though the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is changed. , The low-probability time-saving game state and the non-time-saving game state (that is, the normal game state) are set.

As shown in FIG. 14B, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the end of the special game is low. It is set to the probability time saving game state. Along with this, when the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the predetermined upper limit number and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time reduction game state (that is, the first time reduction game state). The gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the second time saving game state, and the number of time saving is set to 10,000 times.
That is, in the above case, when the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time saving gaming state, the result of the winning / losing lottery is obtained without winning the jackpot. The low-probability gaming state and the second time-saving gaming state (that is, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until it is derived 10,000 times. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low probability gaming state is about 1/150 to 1/175, so that the jackpot is substantially re-winned. Until then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above case, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has not reached the predetermined upper limit number and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the non-time reduction game state, the special game The game state after the end is set to the non-time saving game state. Similarly, even when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, in any case, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability gaming state and the non-time-saving gaming state (that is, the normal gaming state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during the three rounds in the special game, so that a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57. There is no such thing. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14 (c), when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the end of the special game has a low probability of shortening the time. It is set to the game state. Along with this, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has not reached the predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the time reduction number is set to 100 times. NS.
That is, in the above case, when the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the low-probability gaming state and the second time-saving gaming state are obtained until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot. (That is, the second low-probability time-saving game state) continues.

On the other hand, in the above case, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached a predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, at this time, the gaming state after the end of the special gaming is set to the low-probability gaming state and the non-time-saving gaming state (that is, the normal gaming state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during the three rounds in the special game, so that a predetermined number of game balls may enter the specific area 57. do not have. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14 (d), when the time saving symbol J1 is determined in the winning / failing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 10. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (e), when the time saving symbol J2 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 20 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (f), when the time saving symbol J3 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 30 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (g), when the time saving symbol J4 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 50 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 50 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (h), when the time saving symbol J5 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 100 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (i), when the time saving symbol J6 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to 1000 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (j), when the time saving symbol J7 is determined in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the determination is unchanged from the low probability gaming state. The first time reduction game state is set, and the number of time reductions is set to one. That is, in this case, the low-probability gaming state and the first time-shortening gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived once without winning the jackpot.

When the time saving symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 are determined as described above, after the fluctuation of the special symbol (time saving symbol) is stopped (the fluctuation of the next special symbol starts). Occasionally), the above-mentioned first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.

The variation pattern table 114 is for determining the variation pattern command as described above.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the special symbol is determined as described above, the variation pattern command is determined based on the result of the determination. As described above, the variation pattern command is for determining the variation pattern of the variation effect, and the variation pattern command determines the mode and variation time of the variation effect (variation time of the variation display of the special symbol). In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the variation effect is divided into a first half portion and a second half portion, and the mode and variation time of the first half portion of the variation effect, and the mode and variation time of the second half portion of the variation effect are any. Is also determined by the fluctuation pattern command.
Specifically, the determined variation pattern command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300 is based on the received variation pattern command in a specific mode of variation effect (for example). , The image to be displayed on the display unit 21a, etc.) is determined.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a plurality of types of fluctuation pattern commands are provided, and each fluctuation pattern command is associated with the fluctuation pattern table 114. Then, the type and determination ratio of the variation pattern command to be determined are set for each variation pattern table 114.

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment uses the variable pattern table 114 as a game ball to the first start winning opening 15 during a normal game state or a first low-probability time-saving game state (that is, while hitting left). Table A, which is referred to when the ball enters, is in the second low-probability time-saving game state or in the high-probability time-saving game state (that is, right-handed), and the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16. It has a table B and a table C that are referred to when the ball is entered (see FIG. 15).

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a jackpot in the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and shifting to at least one of the second time-saving gaming state and the high-probability time-saving gaming state, While the jackpots won consecutively without shifting to the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (from the so-called first hit to at least one of the second time-saving gaming state or the high-probability shortening gaming state) continues. Table B is referred to when the continuous jackpot count condition that the number of consecutive jackpots (hereinafter referred to as continuous jackpots) reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times, etc.) is not satisfied, and the continuous jackpot count condition is referred to. Table C is referred to when is satisfied.

Then, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one variation pattern random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 249, and the acquired variation pattern random number and the acquired variation pattern random number are used. The special symbol determined as described above, the current number of holdings (first holding number or second holding number), the current gaming state, and the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition (the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number). The variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 according to the success or failure of the establishment of).

Although not particularly shown, the variation pattern table 114 includes a case where a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 during a normal game state or a first low-probability time-saving game state, or a second. It also has a table that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during a low-probability time-saving game state or a high-probability time-saving game state. However, as long as the display of the instruction for launching the game ball on the effect display device 21 is followed, the game ball enters only the first start winning opening 15 during the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state. During the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters only the second start winning opening 16. Therefore, the ball enters the second start winning opening 16 during the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, and the first start during the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state. The entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15 is irregular, and in the following, such an irregular entry is not considered, and the first is during the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state. 1 It is assumed that the game ball enters the start winning opening 15 and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 during the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state.

Then, when the variation pattern command is determined with reference to Table A (when the variation pattern command is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15), the first hold number at that time point. Is referenced. On the other hand, when the variation pattern command is determined with reference to the table B or the table C (when the variation pattern command is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16), the relevant case is concerned. The second pending number at the time is referenced.

As shown in FIG. 15A, according to Table A, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the winning / losing lottery is lost) and the current first hold number is 0 or 1. In, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, a fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half is set to 13 seconds) is associated. The fluctuation pattern command "00H" was determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number was 210-229, the fluctuation pattern was "20 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half was 13 seconds, and the fluctuation time of the second half was 7 seconds. The fluctuation pattern command "01H" associated with the fluctuation pattern set to) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the fluctuation pattern (variation time of the first half is 20) of "45 seconds fluctuation". The fluctuation pattern command "02H" associated with seconds and the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 25 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, it is called "60 seconds fluctuation". The fluctuation pattern command "03H" associated with the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the first half portion is set to 20 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half portion is set to 40 seconds) is determined.

In addition, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current first hold number is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the fluctuation pattern (variation in the first half) is "3 seconds fluctuation". When the variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time of the latter half is set to 3 seconds) is determined and the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, "20 seconds". The variation pattern command "01H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined. Is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command “03H” associated with the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” is determined.

Further, when the time saving symbol J1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds) is "18 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BAH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 18 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B3H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.
In addition, when the time saving symbol J2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds) is "30 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BBH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 30 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B4H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.
In addition, when the time saving symbol J3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds) is "36 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BCH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 36 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B5H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.

Further, when the time saving symbol J4 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds) is "46 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BDH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 46 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B6H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.
Further, when the time saving symbol J5 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds) is "66 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BEH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 66 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B7H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.
Further, when the time saving symbol J6 is determined, the fluctuation pattern (the fluctuation time of the first half part is 0 seconds) is "68 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, regardless of the current number of first hold. , The fluctuation pattern command "BFH" associated with the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the latter half is set to 68 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the fluctuation of "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B8H" to which the pattern is associated is determined.
Further, when the time saving symbol J7 is determined, regardless of the current first hold number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 (regardless of the value of the fluctuation pattern random number), "60 seconds fluctuation" The variation pattern command "B9H" to which the variation pattern is associated is determined.

Further, when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (that is, the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the small hit), the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124 regardless of the current number of first hold. Occasionally, the variation pattern command "22H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" was associated. The variation pattern command "23H" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3 are determined (that is, the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124 regardless of the current number of first hold. Occasionally, the variation pattern command "A2H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" was associated. The variation pattern command "A3H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15B, according to Table B, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 was determined and the current second hold number was 0 or 1, the variation pattern random number was 0 to 209. Occasionally, the variation pattern command "00H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 210 to 239, the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" was associated. The variation pattern command "02H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

Further, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second hold number is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the fluctuation pattern of "3 seconds fluctuation" is associated. The variation pattern command "04H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240. When the value is ~ 249, the variation pattern command “03H” associated with the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” is determined.

Further, when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation pattern random number when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, regardless of the current second hold number. The pattern command "22H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 249, the variation pattern command "23H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the fluctuation pattern associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, regardless of the current second hold number. The command "A2H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 249, the variation pattern command "A3H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15 (c), according to Table C, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 was determined and the current second hold number was 0 or 1, the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 209. Occasionally, a fluctuation pattern command "05H" associated with a fluctuation pattern of "26 seconds fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half is set to 26 seconds) is determined. Fluctuation pattern When the random number was 210 to 239, a fluctuation pattern of "90 seconds fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the first half was set to 30 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half was set to 60 seconds) was associated. When the fluctuation pattern command "06H" is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "120 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is set to 30 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half is set to 90 seconds). The variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.

Further, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second hold number is 2 or more, the fluctuation pattern (variation in the first half) of "6 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209. When the variation pattern command "08H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time of the latter half is set to 6 seconds) is determined and the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, "90 seconds". The variation pattern command "06H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation" is determined. Is decided.

Further, when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "90 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation pattern random number when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, regardless of the current second hold number. The pattern command "26H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 249, the variation pattern command "27H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the fluctuation pattern is associated with the fluctuation pattern of "90 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, regardless of the current second hold number. The command "A6H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 249, the variation pattern command "A7H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation" is determined.

As described above, the fluctuation time associated with the fluctuation pattern determined in the table C is set to be longer than the fluctuation time associated with the fluctuation pattern determined in the table B. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving game state and the high-probability time-saving game state, the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied more than before the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied (before the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times). After that (after the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number), the determination rate of the long fluctuation time is higher.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied, from the time when the jackpot is won to the time when the next jackpot is won, than before the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied. The number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot wins per unit time) can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling becomes extremely high, such as a large number of special games being executed in a short period of time and the number of prize balls acquired by the player rapidly increasing. be able to.

The variation pattern command determined as described above is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, and based on the variation pattern command, a specific mode of the first half of the variation effect and a specific aspect of the second half of the variation effect are determined. NS. Then, the variation effect is executed according to the specific mode determined in this way, and the total of the variation time of the first half portion and the variation time of the second half portion set in the variation pattern command is the variation effect (of the special symbol). It is the time from the start to the end of the variable display).
For example, if the determined fluctuation pattern command is "02H" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 20 seconds, the fluctuation time of the second half is 25 seconds), the fluctuation time of the first half and the fluctuation time of the second half are The total value of 45 seconds (= 20 seconds + 25 seconds) is the fluctuation time of the entire variation effect (the entire variation display of the special symbol).
The first half of the fluctuation pattern commands of "00H", "04H", "05H", "08H", "1AH", "1BH", "1CH", "1DH", "1EH", and "1FH""0second" is set as the fluctuation time of. When these variation pattern commands are determined, the entire variation effect is executed in the manner determined according to the variation pattern command during the variation time of the corresponding latter half portion.

Further, based on the above-mentioned fluctuation time, the effect display device 21 performs the fluctuation effect, and the special symbol display device (the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31) displays the variation of the special symbol. Will be done.
Specifically, when the starting winning opening where the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15, the first special symbol display device 30 blinks and displays during the above-mentioned fluctuation time, and the game ball enters the ball. When the starting winning opening is the second starting winning opening 16, the second special symbol display device 31 blinks and displays during the above-mentioned fluctuation time. Then, after the lapse of the fluctuation time, the determined special symbol is stopped and displayed. As will be described later, the stop display of this special symbol is performed until a predetermined stop display time elapses.

Regarding the mode of the variation effect, based on the variation pattern command, neither the first half aspect of the variation effect nor the second half aspect of the variation effect is determined, but other commands other than the variation pattern command are used. At the same time, the mode of the first half of the variation effect may be determined based on one of the commands, and the mode of the second half of the variation effect may be determined based on another command.
Further, the variation effect may be divided into more parts instead of being divided into the first half part and the second half part, and the mode of each part may be determined based on the corresponding command.

Next, the processing related to the Fuzu game will be described.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the game area 12 passes through the gate 20, the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 is activated. A lottery for ordinary symbols is performed to determine whether or not to open the movable piece 16b. Then, when the winning is achieved by the lottery of the normal symbol, the movable piece 16b is opened for a predetermined time, and the second starting winning opening 16 is opened, so that the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It will be easy.
This lottery of ordinary symbols is based on a winning random number acquired when the game ball passes through the gate 20 and a winning random number determination table 116 stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random number. Is done.

Then, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, the above-mentioned hit determination random numbers are acquired, and up to four random numbers are stored in the normal figure reservation storage area of the main RAM 103. Specifically, this normal figure reservation storage area is composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, and is stored from the first storage unit in the order of passage through the gate 20. It has become. Further, when the hit determination random number is already stored in some storage units, the hit determination random number is stored in the storage unit having the smallest number among the empty storage units. Then, when four hit determination random numbers are already stored in the normal figure hold storage area, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20, the hit decision random numbers related to this passage are not stored in the normal figure hold storage area. ..
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the hit determination random number. This hit-determined random number is updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed every time the random number sequence goes around, and the start value is changed every time the system is reset.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of hit determination random numbers stored in the normal figure hold storage area (hereinafter referred to as the normal figure hold number) is a normal figure hold number counter (not particularly shown). It is supposed to be remembered in.

The winning determination random number determination table 116 is for determining whether or not a winning is achieved by a lottery of ordinary symbols, and as shown in FIGS. 16A to 16C, it is in a non-time saving gaming state (that is, that is). The first determination table 116a referred to during the normal game state), the special game, and the small hit game, and the second determination referred to during the first time-saving game state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving game state). A table 116b and a third determination table 116c referred to during the second time-saving game state (that is, during the second low-probability time-saving game state or during the high-probability time-saving game state) are provided.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, one hit determination random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 65535. Then, if the game state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the non-time saving gaming state, or if the time of drawing the normal symbol is during the special game or the small hit game, the first determination table 116a is selected. Then, a lottery of ordinary symbols is performed based on the acquired winning determination random number and the selected first determination table 116a. Further, if the gaming state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the first time-saving gaming state, the second determination table 116b is selected, and based on the acquired winning determination random number and the selected second determination table 116b. A lottery of ordinary symbols is held. Further, if the gaming state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the second time-shortening gaming state, the third determination table 116c is selected, and based on the acquired winning determination random number and the selected third determination table 116c. A lottery of ordinary symbols is held.

As shown in FIG. 16A, according to the first determination table 116a, when the hit determination random number is 1, it is determined to be a hit, and when it is any other hit determination random number (0,2 to 65535). It is judged to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning in the first determination table 116a is 1/65536.
Further, as shown in FIG. 16B, according to the second determination table 116b, when the hit determination random number is 1 to 5, it is determined to be a hit, and other hit determination random numbers (0, 6 to 65535). If it is, it is judged as a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning in the second determination table 116b is 5/65536.
Further, as shown in FIG. 16C, according to the third determination table 116c, when the hit determination random number is 1 to 65500, it is determined to be a hit, and other hit determination random numbers (0, 65501 to 65535). If it is, it is judged as a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning in the third determination table 116c is about 99/100.
If a winning symbol is won by a lottery of ordinary symbols, the winning symbol is determined, and if it is lost, the lost symbol is determined.

Further, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment has the ordinary symbol variation pattern determination table 117 and the second start winning opening open as a table for determining the variation pattern of the ordinary symbol and controlling the opening and closing of the movable piece 16b. The control table 118 is provided.

The ordinary symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is for determining the variation pattern of the ordinary symbol. As described above, when the lottery of the normal symbol is performed by passing the game ball through the gate 20, the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol is determined based on the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17, when the gaming state is a non-time saving gaming state, or during a special game or a small hit game, a normal symbol having a fluctuation time of 3 seconds is set. The fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol is determined, and when the gaming state is the first time-shortening gaming state, the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol in which the fluctuation time of 2 seconds is set is determined, and when the gaming state is the second time-shortening gaming state, , The fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol with the fluctuation time of 0.5 seconds is determined. Then, when the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 (see FIG. 3) blinks and displays during the fluctuation time set for the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol. Then, when the winning symbol is determined by the lottery of the ordinary symbol, the ordinary symbol display device 32 lights up, and when the lost symbol is determined due to the loss, the ordinary symbol display device 32 is turned on. Turns off.
In the present specification, the blinking display of the normal symbol display device 32 is "variation of the normal symbol", the lighting or extinguishing of the normal symbol display device 32 is the "stop display of the normal symbol", and the "stop of the fluctuation of the normal symbol". , "Stop changing the normal symbol", etc.

Further, the second start winning opening opening control table 118 is referred to for controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b provided in the second starting winning opening 16.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the normal symbol display device 32 is turned on, the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 opens and closes in the manner specified in the second starting winning opening opening control table 118. ing. Specifically, when the gaming state is a non-time saving gaming state, or during a special game or a small hit game, as shown in FIG. 18, the starting winning opening solenoid 16c is set to 0.05 seconds (= 0.05). Since the power is applied (seconds x 1 time), the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 is opened for 0.05 seconds. Further, when the gaming state is the first time-shortening gaming state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 0.2 seconds (= 0.2 seconds × 1 time), so that the second start is performed. The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for 0.2 seconds. Further, when the game state is the second short game state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds × 2 times), so that the second start is performed. The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds.

As described above, the conditions for opening and closing the second start winning opening 16 are defined in the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state, respectively. Since the 2 start winning opening 16 is easily maintained in the open state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the 2nd starting winning opening 16 than in the non-time saving game state.
Further, in the first time-saving game state of the time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the non-time-saving game state, but compared to the second time-saving game state of the time-saving game state. It is difficult to keep the second starting winning opening 16 in the open state. That is, during the first time-saving game state, it is easier to enter the second start winning opening 16 than during the non-time-saving game state, and during the second time-saving game state, the second start winning opening is easier than during the first time-saving game state. It is easy to enter the ball 16. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in the number of game balls with the progress of the game is suppressed as compared with the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, as compared with the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to get the chance to win or lose the lottery.

When the gaming state is the time-saving gaming state, as described above, the second determination table 116b and the third determination table 116c are used as processes for facilitating the maintenance of the second start winning opening 16 in the open state. Lottery of ordinary symbols by (hit determination random number judgment table 116 set to have a higher probability of winning than the non-short game state), fluctuation time for the first time-short game state and fluctuation time for the second time-short game state (non-time-short game state) (Fluctuating time shorter than the time-saving game state) is determined, and the opening pattern for the first time-saving game state and the opening pattern for the second time-saving game state (opening pattern with a longer total opening time than the non-time-saving game state) Although all of the control has been performed, the control is not limited to this, and for example, at least one of the above-mentioned processes may be performed.

(Outline of processing in pachinko machine P)
Next, an outline of the processing executed on the main control board 100 with the progress of the above-mentioned special figure game, normal figure game, and special game will be described with reference to a flowchart.
First, the main processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
When power is supplied from the power supply board, a system reset occurs in the main CPU 101, and the main CPU 101 executes the main process shown in the flowchart of FIG.

In step 100, as an initialization process, the main CPU 101 reads a boot program from the main ROM 102 in response to power-on, initializes flags and the like stored in the main RAM 103, and transmits various types to the sub-control board 300. The command is stored in the production transmission data storage area provided in the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 101.
In step 101, the main CPU 101 updates the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number that is referred to when updating the special symbol random number. The initial value update random number for the special symbol random number is for determining the initial value of the special symbol random number. That is, the special symbol random number is updated with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at the time of starting the update as the initial value. Then, when one round of this random number range is performed, the update of the special symbol random number is continued with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time as the initial value. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 102.

In step 102, the main CPU 101 updates the fluctuation pattern random number for determining the fluctuation pattern. Then, when the processing of step 102 is completed, the processing of step 101 and step 102 is repeatedly executed until the predetermined interrupt processing is performed.

Next, the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 will be described.
The reset clock pulse generation circuit provided on the main control board 100 generates clock pulses at predetermined intervals (4 milliseconds in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment), which is shown in the flowchart of FIG. The timer interrupt process is executed.

In step 200, the main CPU 101 executes a timer update process for updating various timer counters. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 201.
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and the timer counter is decremented by 1 each time the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 is executed, and the subtraction is stopped when it reaches 0. It has become.
In step 201, the main CPU 101 updates the special symbol random number. Specifically, the random number counter is updated by adding "1", and when the added result exceeds the maximum value of the random number range, the random number counter is returned to "0" and the random number counter makes one round. Updates the random number from the value of the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 202.

In step 202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is an input to the gate detection sensor 20a, the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a, the second starting winning opening detection sensor 16a, and the specific area detection sensor 57a, and based on this, Performs a sensor detection process that performs a predetermined process. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 203.
In step 203, the main CPU 101 executes a special figure-related control process for controlling the special figure game, the special game, and the small hit game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 204.

In step 204, the main CPU 101 executes a normal map-related control process for controlling the normal map game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 205.
In step 205, the main CPU 101 executes error-related processing for controlling the occurrence and cancellation of various errors. Specifically, when the main control board 100 receives a door opening command based on the opening of the front door 3 or a saucer full tank command based on the full tank state of the saucer 7, the main CPU 101 specifies a corresponding error. A command (for example, a door opening command, a saucer full tank command, etc.) is generated and stored (set) in the production transmission data storage area. Further, when the main control board 100 no longer receives the above command, the main CPU 101 generates a corresponding error release designation command (for example, a door closing command, a full tank release command, etc.) and stores transmission data for production. Store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 206.

In step 206, when the detection signals from the general winning opening detection sensor 14a, the first starting winning opening detection sensor 15a, the second starting winning opening detection sensor 16a, and the large winning opening detection sensor 18a are input to the main CPU 101, the said The main CPU 101 updates the prize ball counter provided corresponding to each detection signal, and transmits a payout number designation command corresponding to each detection signal to the firing payout control board 200. When the prize ball is paid out by the launch payout control board 200, a payout command is transmitted to the main control board 100 for each payout, and when the main CPU 101 receives the payout command, the prize ball counter is subtracted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 207.
In step 207, the main CPU 101 includes external information data for outputting the gaming state of the pachinko machine P to the outside of the pachinko machine P, and start winning opening solenoid data for opening and closing the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16. , Large winning opening solenoid data for controlling the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18, various display devices (first special symbol display device 30, second special symbol display device 31, ordinary symbol display device 32, first special symbol hold display) The display data and the like of the device 38, the second special figure hold display device 39, and the ordinary symbol hold display device 33) are created. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 208.

In step 208, the main CPU 101 performs output control processing such as port output for outputting signals of each data created in step 207 described above and command transmission for transmitting commands stored in the transmission data storage area for production. To execute. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 is completed.

Next, the sensor detection processing in step 202 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 300, the main CPU 101 executes a gate detection time process for drawing a lottery of ordinary symbols based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the gate 20. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 301.
In step 301, the main CPU 101 executes a process at the time of detecting the first start winning opening for performing a winning / failing lottery based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first starting winning opening 15. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 302.

In step 302, the main CPU 101 executes a process at the time of detecting a second start winning opening for performing a winning / failing lottery based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second starting winning opening 16. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 303.
In step 303, the main CPU 101 executes a specific area detection time process for performing a predetermined process based on the game ball entering the specific area 57. Then, the sensor detection processing is terminated.

Next, the gate detection processing in step 300 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 400, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has been input. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has not been input, the gate detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 401.
In step 401, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the normal figure hold number counter (that is, the current number of normal figure hold numbers) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the gate detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than 4, the process proceeds to the next step 402.

In step 402, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the normal figure hold number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 403.
In step 403, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning determination random number, stores it in the normal figure hold storage area, and ends the gate detection processing.

Next, the process at the time of detecting the first start winning opening in step 301 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a has been input. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a has not been input, the processing at the time of detecting the first starting winning opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 501.
In step 501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the first hold number counter (that is, the first hold number at the present time) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the first start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the process proceeds to the next step 502.

In step 502, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the first hold number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 503.
In step 503, the main CPU 101 acquires a hit / fail random number and stores it in the storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 504.

In step 504, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated in the above-mentioned step 201, and stores it in the storage unit of the first reserved storage area in which the winning / failing random number is stored in the above-mentioned step 503. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 505.
In step 505, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated in step 102 described above, and stores the random number in the first hold storage area in which the hit / fail random number is stored in step 503 described above. From the above, the acquired hit / fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers, and variable pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 506.

In step 506, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the first special figure random number and the first time saving symbol random number are stored and stores them in the transmission data storage area for effect. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 507.
In step 507, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the non-time saving gaming state or the first time saving gaming state. Then, when it is determined that neither the non-time-saving game state nor the first time-saving game state (that is, the second time-saving game state) is determined, the processing at the time of detecting the first start winning opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in the non-time saving game state or the first time saving game state, the process proceeds to the next step 508.

In step 508, the main CPU 101 refers to the stored first special figure random number before the start of fluctuation based on the first special figure random number (at the time when the first special figure random number is acquired (stored as hold)). The pre-judgment process for making various judgments regarding the winning / failing lottery is executed. Then, the processing at the time of detecting the first start winning opening is completed.

Next, the process at the time of detecting the second start winning opening in step 302 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 24.
In step 600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a has been input. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a has not been input, the processing at the time of detecting the second starting winning opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 601.
In step 601 the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the second hold number counter (that is, the second hold number at the present time) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the processing at the time of detecting the second start winning opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the process proceeds to the next step 602.

In step 602, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the second hold number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 603.
In step 603, the main CPU 101 acquires a hit / fail random number and stores it in the storage unit of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 604.

In step 604, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated in the above-mentioned step 201, and stores it in the storage unit of the second reserved storage area in which the winning / failing random number is stored in the above-mentioned step 603. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 605.
In step 605, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated in the above-mentioned step 102, and stores it in the storage unit of the second reserved storage area in which the winning / failing random number is stored in the above-mentioned step 603. From the above, the acquired hit / fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers, and variable pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 606.

In step 606, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the second special figure random number has been stored and stores it in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 607.
In step 607, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the second time-saving gaming state. Then, when it is determined that the game is not in the second time-saving game state (that is, it is in the non-time-saving game state or the first time-saving game state), the processing at the time of detecting the second start winning opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in the second short game state, the process proceeds to the next step 608.

In step 608, the main CPU 101 refers to the stored second special figure random number before the start of fluctuation based on the second special figure random number (at the time when the second special figure random number is acquired (stored as hold)). The pre-judgment process for making various judgments regarding the winning / failing lottery is executed. Then, the processing at the time of detecting the second start winning opening is completed.

Next, the pre-determination process of step 508 and step 608 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the pre-determination process of step 508 described above, the following processing is executed based on the hit / fail random number, the special symbol random number, the fluctuation pattern random number, and the first reserved number stored in the storage unit of the first reserved storage area. In the pre-determination process of step 608 described above, the following process is executed based on the hit / fail random number, the special symbol random number, the variable pattern random number, and the second reserved number stored in the storage unit of the second reserved storage area. Will be done.
In step 650, the main CPU 101 determines the type of start winning opening (1st starting winning opening 15, 2nd starting winning opening 16), the number of holds (1st hold number, 2nd hold number), and the number of holds (1st hold number, 2nd hold number). , Check the gaming state (normal gaming state, first low-probability time-saving gaming state, second low-probability time-saving gaming state, high-probability time-saving gaming state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 651.

In step 651, the main CPU 101 corresponds to any of the set values set in the pass / fail random number determination table 110 and the gaming state confirmed in step 650 described above (tables A1 to A6, tables B1 to B6). Either) is acquired, and a pass / fail determination process for determining the result of the win / fail lottery is executed based on the acquired table and the stored win / fail random numbers. After that, the data related to the result of the determination (winning of big hit, winning of small hit, winning of time saving or loss) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Even in this pre-determination process, the determination of whether or not the time reduction is granted is performed only when the gaming state confirmed in step 650 (that is, the gaming state set at that time) is the normal gaming state. It is not performed when the game state is other than the normal game state. Therefore, in the case of a gaming state other than the normal gaming state, the result of either a big hit, a small hit, or a loss is derived. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 652.
In step 652, the main CPU 101 executes a special symbol determination process for determining the type of the special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening where the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special figure random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and the table are obtained. , Type of big hit symbol (big hit symbol X1, X2, X3), type of small hit symbol (small hit symbol Y1, Y2), type of time saving symbol (time saving symbol J1, J2) based on the stored special symbol random number , J3, J4, J5, J6), or the type of lost symbol (missed symbol Z1, Z2) is determined. Further, when the starting winning opening in which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special figure random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired and stored as the table. Based on the special symbol random number, the type of big hit symbol (big hit symbol X1, X4), the type of small hit symbol (small hit symbol Y1, Y2), the type of time saving symbol (time saving symbol J7), or the lost symbol The type (lost symbol Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, the data related to the result of the determination (type of special symbol) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 653.

In step 653, the main CPU 101 determines the game state confirmed in step 650, the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball has entered, and the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition (the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number). Acquires the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the above is established. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 654.
In step 654, the main CPU 101 uses the variation pattern command based on the type of special symbol determined in step 652, the number of holds, the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 653, and the stored variation pattern random number. The variable pattern command judgment process is executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 655.

In step 655, the main CPU 101 is a pre-determination command including the result of the winning / failing lottery determined in step 612, the type of the special symbol determined in step 652, and the variation pattern command determined in step 654. Is stored in the transmission data storage area for production. Then, the pre-determination process is terminated.
As a result of the winning / failing lottery determined at the start of the change of the special symbol for the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number stored as a hold by the above processing, the type of the special symbol and the variation pattern command are the pre-judgment commands. Is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in advance (that is, before the start of fluctuation) at the time of acquisition of the random number.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the above-mentioned pre-determination process, the pachinko machine P is acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and stored in the hold storage area (first hold storage area). To determine the second special figure random number acquired based on the first special figure random number or the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 and stored in the hold storage area (second hold storage area). However, it is not limited to this. For example, in the pre-determination process, the random numbers stored in the reserved storage area may be determined instead of directly determining the random numbers stored in another storage area (for example, a register or the like).

Next, the process at the time of detecting a specific area in step 303 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 670, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is in progress. Then, when it is determined that the special game is not in progress, the processing at the time of detecting a specific area is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special game is in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 671.
In step 671, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times (once in this embodiment). Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has not been input a predetermined number of times, the processing at the time of detecting the specific area is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672.
In step 672, the main CPU 101 turns on the entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57. Then, the processing at the time of detecting a specific area is terminated.

Next, the special figure-related control process in step 203 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 27.
In step 700, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the execution phase data. This execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) constituting the special figure-related control process is to be executed. Specifically, the execution phase data includes data “00” indicating the execution of the special symbol variation start process described later, data “01” indicating the execution of the special symbol variation stop process described later, and post-stop processing described later. Data "02" indicating the execution of the special game control process, data "03" indicating the execution of the special game control process described later, data "04" indicating the execution of the small hit game control process described later, and special game end processing described later. It has data "05" indicating execution.
Then, the main CPU 101 is based on the value of the execution phase data loaded in step 700 described above, the special symbol variation start process (step 701), the special symbol variation stop process (step 702), the post-stop process (step 703), and the special. Either the game control process (step 704), the small hit game control process (step 705), or the special game end process (step 706) is executed. Then, the special figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation start processing of step 701 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 28.
In step 800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “00” indicating the execution of the special symbol variation start process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "00", the process proceeds to the next step 801. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is not "00", the special symbol change start process is terminated.
In step 801 the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special figure random number is stored in the storage unit of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is "1" or more. .. Then, when it is determined that the second special figure random number is stored, the process proceeds to step 804. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second special figure random number is not stored, the process proceeds to the next step 802.

In step 802, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure random number is stored in the storage unit of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is "1" or more. .. Then, when it is determined that the first special figure random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 812. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first special figure random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 803.
In step 803, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first hold number counter by "1" and executes the shift process of the first hold storage area. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area is stored. ~ Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to the storage unit having a smaller number. As a result, each random number stored in the first hold storage area is a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used for the pass / fail determination process described later. Then, the process proceeds to step 805.

Further, in step 804 which proceeds when it is determined in step 801 above that the second special figure random number is stored, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second hold number counter by "1" and stores the second hold. Execute area shift processing. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the second reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the second reserved storage area is stored. ~ Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to the storage unit having a smaller number. As a result, each random number stored in the second hold storage area is a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used for the pass / fail determination process described later. Then, the process proceeds to step 805.
In step 805, the main CPU 101 increments the count value of the fluctuation count counter for counting the number of executions of the winning / failing lottery (the number of fluctuations of the special symbol) by "1". Further, the main CPU 101 stores the fluctuation number command including the count value of the fluctuation number counter in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the fluctuation count command is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 can grasp the count value of the current fluctuation count counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 806.

In step 806, the main CPU 101 executes a winning / failing determination process for deriving the result of the winning / failing lottery. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 807.
In step 807, the main CPU 101 executes a special symbol determination process for determining the type of the special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening where the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special figure random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and the table are obtained. , The result of the winning / failing lottery determined in step 806 (big hit winning, small hit winning, time saving grant winning, loss) and the special symbol stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804 described above. Based on random numbers, the type of jackpot symbol (big hit symbol X1, X2, X3), the type of small hit symbol (small hit symbol Y1, Y2), the type of time saving symbol (time saving symbol J1, J2, J3, J4, J5) , J6), or the type of lost symbol (missing symbol Z1, Z2) is determined. Further, when the starting winning opening in which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special figure random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the above-mentioned table are obtained. The result of the winning / failing lottery determined in step 806 (big hit winning, small hit winning, time saving winning, losing) and the special symbol random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804 described above are used. Based on this, the type of jackpot symbol (big hit symbol X1, X4), the type of small hit symbol (small hit symbol Y1, Y2), the type of time saving symbol (time saving symbol J7), or the type of lost symbol (missing symbol Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, the data corresponding to the determined special symbol is stored in a predetermined temporary storage area of the main RAM 103. Further, in this special symbol determination process, the current gaming state, that is, the gaming state at the time when the special symbol is determined is stored in the gaming state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 808.
In the fluctuation start processing of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when both the first special figure random number and the second special figure random number are stored, the second special figure has priority over the first special figure random number. Random numbers are processed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and random numbers may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved storage area.

In step 808, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating the type of the special symbol determined in step 807 described above in the production transmission data storage area. As a result, the information related to the determined special symbol type is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 809.
In step 809, the main CPU 101 executes a variation pattern determination process for determining the variation pattern based on the variation pattern random numbers stored in the processing area in step 803 or step 804 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 810.

In step 810, the main CPU 101 sets the variation display data for starting the variation display of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31. As a result, when the special symbol is variablely displayed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol display device 30 starts blinking display, and the special symbol is displayed based on the second special symbol random number. When the variable display is performed, the second special symbol display device 31 starts blinking display. Here, the blinking display means that "-" blinks at predetermined intervals in each display device.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the first special figure random number is stored in the first hold storage area, the first special figure hold display device 38 displays in a manner capable of recognizing the first hold number. When the second special figure random number is stored in the second hold storage area, the second special figure hold display device 39 is displayed in a manner capable of recognizing the second hold number. Then, when the above-mentioned variable display of the special symbol is performed based on the random number of the first special figure, the first special figure is held so as to indicate that the number of the first reserved is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variable display. When the display device 38 is display-controlled and the variation display of the above-mentioned special symbol is performed based on the second special symbol random number, it is indicated that the number of the second hold is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variation display. , The display control of the second special figure reservation display device 39 is performed.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 811.

In step 811 the main CPU 101 sets "01" in the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation stop process is executed in the special symbol related control process, and ends the special symbol variation start process.
Further, in step 812, which proceeds when it is determined in step 802 described above that the first special figure random number is not stored in the first reserved storage area, the main CPU 101 displays the effect based on the fact that the variable display is not performed. The device 21 executes a customer waiting determination process for displaying the customer waiting. Specifically, the main CPU 101 measures the time during which the special symbol variation display is not performed, and when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the special symbol variation display being performed. Assuming that the customer waiting state is reached, the customer waiting command for displaying the customer waiting screen on the effect display device 21 is stored in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the special symbol change start process is completed.

Next, the pass / fail determination process of step 806 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 850, the main CPU 101 selects and selects one of the set value set and the current gaming state (low-probability gaming state, high-probability gaming state) from the winning / failing random number determination table 110. Based on the table and the winning / failing random number stored in the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804 described above, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is won (that is, the winning / failing of the jackpot is determined). Execute the judgment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires the information of the numerical range in which the jackpot is won from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-mentioned winning / failing random number belongs within the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned hit / fail random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the above-mentioned hit / miss random number does not belong within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the jackpot is not won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 851.
In step 851, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the jackpot winning / failing determination process executed in step 850 described above is whether or not the jackpot was won (that is, whether or not the jackpot was won). Then, if it is determined that the jackpot is not won (the jackpot is not won), the process proceeds to step 853. On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 852.

In step 852, the main 101 stores in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 that a jackpot has been won. Then, the pass / fail determination process is terminated.
Further, in step 853, which proceeds when it is determined in step 851 that the jackpot is not won, the main CPU 101 is stored in the table selected in step 850 and a predetermined processing area in step 803 or 804. Based on the winning / failing random number (that is, the same winning / failing random number as the winning / failing random number to be determined in step 850 described above), it is determined whether or not the small hit is won (that is, the winning / failing determination of the small hit). Executes the small hit hit / fail judgment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on a numerical range in which a small hit is won from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-mentioned winning / failing random number belongs within the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned winning / failing random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the small hit is won, and when the above-mentioned winning / failing random number does not belong within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the small hit is not won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 854.

In step 854, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the small hit winning / failing determination process executed in step 853 described above is whether or not the small hit was won (that is, whether or not the small hit was won). Then, if it is determined that the small hit is not won (the small hit is not won), the process proceeds to step 856. On the other hand, if it is determined that the small hit is won, the process proceeds to the next step 855.
In step 855, the main 101 stores in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 that a small hit has been won. Then, the pass / fail determination process is terminated.

Further, in step 856, which proceeds when it is determined in step 854 that the small hit is not won, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the currently set gaming state is the normal gaming state. Then, when it is determined that the game is not in the normal gaming state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability time-saving game state), the process proceeds to step 860. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in the normal gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 857.
In step 857, the main CPU 101 is a hit / fail random number stored in the table selected in step 850 described above and the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804 described above (that is, the target of determination in step 850 and step 853 described above). Based on the winning / failing random number that is the same as the winning / failing random number, it is determined whether or not the time saving grant is won (that is, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined). Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires the information of the winning numerical range of the time saving grant from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-mentioned winning / failing random number belongs within the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned hit / fail random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time saving is won, and when the above-mentioned winning / failing random number does not belong within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time saving is not won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 858.

In step 858, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the time saving grant winning / failing determination process executed in step 857 described above is whether or not the time saving grant is won (that is, whether or not the time saving grant is won). Then, if it is determined that the time saving is not won (small hit is not won), the process proceeds to step 860. On the other hand, if it is determined that the time reduction is granted, the process proceeds to the next step 859.
In step 859, the main 101 stores in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 that the time saving is won. Then, the pass / fail determination process is terminated.

Further, in step 860, which proceeds when it is determined in step 856 described above that the game is not in the normal gaming state, or when it is determined in step 858 that the time saving is not won, the main CPU 101 stores the predetermined memory of the main RAM 103. Remember that the area is lost. Then, the pass / fail determination process is terminated.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the jackpot hit / fail determination process, the small hit hit / fail determination process, and the time saving grant / fail determination process are all set values and the hit / miss random number determination table 110 corresponding to the game state. Is executed by a common processing program (same module) for selecting, acquiring information in the numerical range to be determined, and determining whether or not a random number belongs to the numerical range. It has become like.

Next, the fluctuation pattern determination process of step 809 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 900, the main CPU 101 determines the type of start winning opening (1st starting winning opening 15, 2nd starting winning opening 16), the number of holds (1st hold number, 2nd hold number), and the game. Check the states (normal game state, first low-probability time-saving game state, second low-probability time-saving game state, high-probability time-saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 901.
In step 901, the main CPU 101 determines the game state confirmed in step 900, the type of the starting winning opening into which the game ball has entered, and the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition (the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number). Acquires the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the above is established. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 902.

In step 902, the main CPU 101 includes the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 901, the type of the special symbol determined in step 807, the number of reservations confirmed in step 900, and step 803. Alternatively, the variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area in 804, and the determined variation pattern command is stored in the predetermined processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 903.
In step 903, the main CPU 101 stores the variation pattern command determined in step 902 above in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 904.

In step 904, the main CPU 101 determines the variation time associated with the variation pattern command based on the variation pattern table 114. Then, the determined fluctuation time is set in the fluctuation time timer counter. Then, the fluctuation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol fluctuation stop processing of step 702 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 31.
In step 1000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “01” indicating the execution of the special symbol fluctuation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "01", the special symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "01", the process proceeds to the next step 1001.

In step 1001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the fluctuation time set in the fluctuation time timer counter in step 904 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the fluctuation time has not elapsed, the special symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1002.
In step 1002, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the special symbol determined in step 807 on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, and sets the special symbol. Executes the stop display of. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003.

In step 1003, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol confirmation command indicating that the special symbol has been determined in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1004.
In step 1004, the main CPU 101 sets the stop display time for displaying the stop display of the special symbol in the stop display time timer counter. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the determined special symbol is a time-saving symbol (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7), a stop display time of 3 seconds is set, and in other cases, 0. The stop display time of 5 seconds is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1005.

In step 1005, the main CPU 101 sets "02" in the execution phase data so that the post-stop processing is executed in the special figure-related control processing. Then, the special symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of step 703 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “02” indicating the execution of the post-stop processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "02", the post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "02", the process proceeds to the next step 1101.
In step 1101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter in step 1004 described above has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1102.

In step 1102, the main CPU 101 stores a stop display end command indicating that the stop display time has elapsed in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the fact that the stop display time has elapsed is transmitted to the sub-control board 300. Further, the main CPU 101 stores the current gaming state in the gaming state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1103.
In step 1103, the main CPU 101 executes the time saving update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 has a first time-saving game flag indicating that the current gaming state is the first time-saving gaming state, or a second time-saving game state indicating that the current gaming state is the second time-saving gaming state. Determine if any of the game flags are on. Then, when it is determined that the first time saving game flag or the second time saving game flag is turned on, the time saving number storage area provided in the main RAM 103 is updated. In this time saving number storage area, the remaining number of fluctuations until the time saving game state ends is stored. Then, the remaining number of fluctuations memorized is decremented by "1". Further, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" due to the update of the remaining number of fluctuations, the process of turning off the first time-saving game flag or the second time-saving game flag that has been turned on is also executed. Further, when it is determined that neither the first time saving game flag nor the second time saving game flag is turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1104.

In step 1104, the main CPU 101 performs a high-accuracy number-of-times update process. Here, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high-probability game flag indicating that the current game state is the high-probability game state is turned on. Then, when it is determined that the high probability game flag is turned on, the high probability number storage area provided in the main RAM 103 is updated. In this high-probability number storage area, the remaining number of fluctuations until the high-probability gaming state ends is stored. Then, the remaining number of fluctuations memorized is decremented by "1". Further, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" due to the update of the remaining number of fluctuations, the process of turning off the high probability game flag is also executed. Further, when it is determined that the high probability game flag is not turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1105.

In step 1105, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol displayed as stopped is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the special symbol displayed as stopped is not a big hit symbol (that is, a small hit symbol, a time saving symbol, or a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed as stopped is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1106.
In step 1106, the main CPU 101 sets a jackpot winning command for transmitting the game state at the time of jackpot winning and the type of jackpot symbol (big hit symbol X1, X2, X3, X4) displayed as a stop to the sub-control board 300. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1107.

In step 1107, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1108.
In step 1108, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and issues an opening command indicating that the opening process is started in the transmission data storage area for effect. Remember in. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1109.

In step 1109, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets "10" as the number of rounds if the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed is X1 or X2, and rounds if the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed is X3 or X4. Set "4" as the number. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1110.
In step 1110, the main CPU 101 sets "03" in the execution phase data so that the special game control process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1111 proceeding when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1105 is not a big hit symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a small hit symbol. do. Then, when it is determined that the stop-displayed special symbol is not a small hit symbol (that is, it is a time-saving symbol or a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1114. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed as stopped is a small hit symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1112.
In step 1112, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the small hit game, in the opening time timer counter, and stores the opening command indicating that the opening process is started for the production transmission data. Store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1113.

In step 1113, the main CPU 101 sets “04” in the execution phase data so that the small hit game control process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1114 proceeding when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1111 is not a small hit symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a time-saving symbol. do. Then, when it is determined that the stop-displayed special symbol is not a time-saving symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1116. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed as stopped is a time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1115.
In step 1115, the main CPU 101 executes the first low-probability time-saving game state setting process for setting the game state to the first low-probability time-saving game state. Specifically, the first time saving game flag is turned on, and if the time saving symbol displayed as stopped is J1, the time saving number is set to "10", and the time saving symbol displayed as stopped is J2. If the number of time reductions is set to "20", if the number of time reductions displayed is J3, the number of time reductions is set to "30", and if the number of time reductions displayed is J4. Is set to "50" for the number of time reductions, "100" is set for the number of time reductions when the time reduction symbol displayed for stop is J5, and "100" is set for the number of time reductions displayed. "1000" is set for the number of time reductions, and "1" is set for the number of time reductions when the stop-displayed time reduction symbol is J7. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1116.

In step 1116, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state, and stores the game state command indicating the game state in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1117.
In step 1117, the main CPU 101 sets "00" in the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation start process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Next, the special game control process of step 704 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 33.
In step 1200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “03” indicating the execution of the special game control process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "03", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "03", the process proceeds to the next step 1201.
In step 1201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter in step 1108 described above has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the opening time has not elapsed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1202.

In step 1202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending process, which is a standby process performed after all round games are completed in this special game control process, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1210. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 1203.
In step 1203, the main CPU 101 opens and closes the special winning opening 18 and operates the sorting member 59 based on the special electric accessory operating table 112 according to the type of the jackpot symbol displayed as stopped. To execute. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1204.

In step 1204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is the time when the round game is started based on the large winning opening opening / closing control of step 1203 described above. Then, if it is determined that the round game has not started, the process proceeds to step 1206. On the other hand, if it is determined that the round game has started, the process proceeds to the next step 1205.
In step 1205, the main CPU 101 stores a round game start command indicating the start of the round game in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1206.
The round game start command is provided for each number of round games, so that the number of round games started can be transmitted to the sub-control board 300.

In step 1206, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game is completed based on the large winning opening opening / closing control in step 1203 described above. Then, when it is determined that the round game has not ended, the special game control process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the round game is completed, the process proceeds to the next step 1207.
In step 1207, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of rounds stored in the main RAM 103 by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1208.

In step 1208, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the number of rounds decremented in step 1207 described above is "0". Then, when it is determined that the number of rounds is not "0", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of rounds is "0", the process proceeds to the next step 1209.
In step 1209, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the special game, in the ending time timer counter, and sets the ending command indicating that the ending process is started in the transmission data storage area for effect. Remember. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Further, in step 1210, which proceeds when it is determined that the ending process is in progress in step 1202 described above, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1209 described above has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the ending time has not elapsed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1211.
In step 1211, the main CPU 101 stores a special game end command indicating that the special game has ended in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1212.

In step 1212, the main CPU 101 sets “05” in the execution phase data so that the special game end process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Next, the small hit game control process in step 705 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 34.
In step 1250, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “04” indicating the execution of the small hit game control process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "04", the small hit game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "04", the process proceeds to the next step 1251.
In step 1251, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter in step 1112 described above has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the opening time has not elapsed, the small hit game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1252.

In step 1252, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending process, which is the standby process performed after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is completed in the small hit game control process, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1256. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 1253.
In step 1253, the main CPU 101 performs a small hit game execution process for opening and closing the large winning opening 18 based on the fourth operating table 112d in the special electric accessory operating table 112. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1254.

In step 1254, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18 is completed. Then, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18 has not been completed, the small hit game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18 is completed, the process proceeds to the next step 1255.
In step 1255, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the small hit game, in the ending time timer counter, and issues an ending command indicating that the ending process is started in the transmission data storage area for effect. Remember in. Then, the small hit game control process is terminated.

Further, in step 1256, which proceeds when it is determined that the ending process is in progress in step 1252 described above, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1255 described above has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the ending time has not elapsed, the small hit game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1257.
In step 1257, the main CPU 101 stores a small hit game end command indicating that the small hit game has ended in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1258.

In step 1258, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state, and stores the game state command indicating the game state in the production transmission data storage area. Further, the main CPU 101 sets "00" in the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the small hit game control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end process of step 705 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 35.
In step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is the data “05” indicating the execution of the special game end process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "05", the special game end process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "05", the process proceeds to the next step 1301.
In step 1301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the entry flag is on. Then, if it is determined that the entry flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 1309. On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is on, the process proceeds to the next step 1302.

In step 1302, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter for counting the continuous probability variation setting count, and the value of the continuous time reduction setting counter for counting the continuous time reduction setting number. 1 decrement. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1303.
In step 1303, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous probability variation setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, when it is determined that the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter has not reached 0, the process proceeds to step 1305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1304.

In step 1304, the main CPU 101 executes a low-probability game state setting process for setting the game state to the low-probability game state. Specifically, the high-probability game flag is turned off. Further, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined upper limit number of times "10000" in the continuous probability variation setting number counter. Then, the process proceeds to step 1306.
Further, in step 1305, which proceeds when it is determined that the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter has not reached 0 in step 1303 described above, the high probability game state setting process for setting the game state to the high probability game state is executed. .. Specifically, the high-accuracy game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set for the high-accuracy number of times. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1306.

In step 1306, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous time reduction setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, when it is determined that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has not reached 0, the process proceeds to step 1308. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1307.
In step 1307, the main CPU 101 executes a non-time-saving game state setting process for setting the game state to the non-time-saving game state. Specifically, the first time-saving game flag and the second time-saving game flag are turned off. Further, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined upper limit number of times "10000" in the continuous time reduction setting number counter. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311.

Further, in step 1308, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1306 that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has not reached 0, the main CPU 101 sets the game state to the second time reduction game state. Execute the status setting process. Specifically, the second time saving game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set for the number of time saving games. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311.
Further, in step 1309 which proceeds when it is determined that the entry flag is not turned on in step 1301 described above, the main CPU 101 executes the same low-probability time-saving game state setting process as in step 1304 described above, and also counts the number of continuous probability variation settings. Is set to "10000", which is a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1310.

In step 1310, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving / non-time-saving game state setting process for setting the game state to the non-time-saving game state or the second time-saving game state. Specifically, when the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X2 or X3, and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state), the second time-saving gaming state is set. In order to set it, the second time saving game flag is turned on and the time saving number is set to "10000". On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the non-time saving game state, the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off in order to set the non-time saving game state. If the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X4, the second time-saving game flag is turned on and "100" is set for the number of time-saving games in order to set the second time-saving game state. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311.
In step 1311, the set gaming state is the high-probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability gaming state and the second time-saving gaming state) or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state and the second time-saving gaming state). ) Is one of the following. Then, if it is determined that neither is the case, the process proceeds to step 1313. On the other hand, if it is determined to be any of the above, the process proceeds to the next step 1312.

In step 1312, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the continuous jackpot count counter for counting the number of consecutive jackpots by one. When the value of the continuous jackpot count counter reaches a value corresponding to a predetermined number of times (three times in this embodiment), the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied. Then, the process proceeds to step 1314.
Further, in step 1313, which proceeds when it is determined that the gaming state set in step 1311 is neither a high-probability time-saving gaming state nor a second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 determines the value of the continuous jackpot count counter. Is reset (zero clear). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1314.

In step 1314, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1315.
In step 1315, the main CPU 101 sets the game state designation command in the production transmission data storage area according to the game state set as described above. This game state specification command includes information on turning on or off the high-probability game flag, information on turning on or off the first time-saving game flag, and information on turning on or off the second time-saving game flag, which are set as described above. , High accuracy count, time saving count information is included. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1316.

In step 1316, the main CPU 101 sets “00” in the execution phase data so that the variation start process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the special game end process is completed.

Next, the general diagram-related control process in step 204 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 36.
In step 1400, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the normal diagram execution phase data. This normal map execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) constituting the normal figure related control process is to be executed. Specifically, the normal symbol execution phase data includes data "10" indicating the execution of the normal symbol fluctuation start process described later, data "11" indicating the execution of the normal symbol fluctuation stop process described later, and ordinary symbol "11" described later. It has data "12" indicating the execution of the pattern stop post-processing and data "13" indicating the execution of the movable piece control process described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 performs the normal symbol fluctuation start processing (step 1401), the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing (step 1402), and the normal symbol stop post-processing (step) based on the value of the normal symbol execution phase data loaded in step 1400 described above. Either 1403) or the movable piece control process (step 1404) is executed. Then, the control process related to the normal figure is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation start processing in step 1401 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 37.
In step 1500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is "10" indicating the execution of the normal symbol variation start process. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "10", the normal symbol variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal map execution phase data is "10", the process proceeds to the next step 1501.
In step 1501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the determined random number is stored in the normal figure hold storage area, that is, whether or not the normal figure hold number counter is "1" or more. Then, when it is determined that the number of reserved symbols counter is not "1" or more (that is, "0"), the normal symbol variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of reserved numbers counter is "1" or more, the process proceeds to the next step 1502.

In step 1502, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the normal figure hold number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1503.
In step 1503, the main CPU 101 executes the shift process of the normal figure hold storage area. Specifically, the hit determination random number stored in the first storage unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the hit determination random number stored in the second storage unit to the fourth storage unit is stored. The determined random number is shifted to a storage unit having a smaller number. As a result, the winning determination random number stored in the normal figure hold storage area is a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used in the winning determination process described later. Then, the process proceeds to step 1504.

In step 1504, the main CPU 101 uses the hit determination random number determination table 116 (first) corresponding to the current state (non-time saving game state, first time saving game state, second time saving game state, special game, small hit game). The determination table 116a, the second determination table 116b, or the third determination table 116c) is selected, and the normal symbol is based on the selected table and the winning determination random number stored in the processing area in step 1503 described above. The winning determination process for deriving the result of the lottery is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the first determination table 116a during the non-time saving game state, during the special game, or during the small hit game, and when it is in the first time saving game state, the main CPU 101 refers to the first determination table 116a. The second determination table 116b is referred to, and when the second time saving game state is in progress, the third determination table 116c is referred to to determine the winning determination random number stored in the processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1505.
In step 1505, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the winning determination process in step 1504 described above is a hit. Then, if it is determined to be a hit, the process proceeds to the next step 1506. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no hit (that is, loss), the process proceeds to step 1507.

In step 1506, the main CPU 101 stores the winning symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to step 1508.
Further, in step 1507, which proceeds when the result of the winning determination process is determined not to be a hit (that is, loss) in step 1505 described above, the main CPU 101 stores the loss symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1508.

In step 1508, the main CPU 101 confirms whether the current state of the pachinko machine P is a non-time-saving game state, a first time-saving game state, a second time-saving game state, a special game, or a small hit game. , The fluctuation time of the normal symbol according to the current state of the pachinko machine P is set in the normal symbol fluctuation time timer counter with reference to the normal symbol fluctuation pattern determination table 117. Specifically, when the main CPU 101 is in the non-time saving game state, the special game, or the small hit game, the main CPU 101 sets "3 seconds" in the normal figure fluctuation time counter, and is in the first time saving game state. In some cases, "2 seconds" is set in the normal figure fluctuation time counter, and "0.6 seconds" is set in the normal figure fluctuation time counter in the second time-shortening game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1509.
In step 1509, the main CPU 101 sets the variation display data for starting the variation display of the normal symbol. As a result, when the fluctuation display of the normal symbol is performed, the normal symbol display device 32 starts the blinking display. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the winning determination random number is stored in the normal figure hold storage area, the normal symbol hold display device 33 is displayed in such a manner that the number of normal figure hold can be recognized. It has become. Then, when the variation display of the normal symbol is performed, the display control of the normal symbol hold display device 33 is performed so as to indicate that the number of reserved symbols is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variation display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1510.

In step 1510, the main CPU 101 stores the current state of the pachinko machine P as the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of fluctuation in the gaming machine state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1511.
In step 1511, the main CPU 101 sets "11" in the normal symbol execution phase data so that the normal symbol fluctuation stop process is executed in the normal symbol related control process. Then, the normal symbol change start process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing in step 1402 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 38.
In step 1600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is the data “11” indicating the execution of the normal symbol variation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "11", the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal figure execution phase data is "11", the process proceeds to the next step 1601.
In step 1601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the fluctuation time of the normal symbol set in the normal symbol fluctuation time timer counter has elapsed in step 1508. Then, when it is determined that the fluctuation time has not elapsed, the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1602.

In step 1602, the main CPU 101 sets the stop display data for stopping and displaying the normal symbol on the normal symbol display device 32, and executes the stop display of the normal symbol. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1603.
In step 1603, the main CPU 101 sets the variable stop display time for stopping and displaying the normal symbol in the normal figure stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1604.

In step 1604, the main CPU 101 sets "12" in the normal symbol execution phase data so that the normal symbol post-stop processing is executed in the normal symbol related control process. Then, the normal symbol fluctuation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of the normal symbol in step 1403 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 39.
In step 1700, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is the data “12” indicating the execution of the normal symbol post-stop processing. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "12", the normal symbol post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal figure execution phase data is "12", the process proceeds to the next step 1701.
In step 1701, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variable stop display time set in the normal figure stop display time timer counter has elapsed in step 1603 described above. Then, when it is determined that the fluctuation stop display time has not elapsed, the normal symbol post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1702.

In step 1702, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop-displayed normal symbol is a hit symbol. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a hit symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1704. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal symbol displayed as stopped is a hit symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1703.
In step 1703, the main CPU 101 sets "13" in the normal map execution phase data so that the movable piece control process is executed in the normal figure related control process. Then, the normal symbol post-stop processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1704, which proceeds when it is determined that the normal symbol stopped and displayed in step 1702 is not a hit symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the main CPU 101 starts changing the normal symbol in the normal symbol-related control process. Set "10" in the general diagram execution phase data so that the process is executed. Then, the normal symbol post-stop processing is terminated.

Next, the movable piece control process in step 1404 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 40.
In step 1800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal figure execution phase data is the data “13” indicating the execution of the movable piece control process. Then, when it is determined that the normal figure execution phase data is not "13", the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal figure execution phase data is "13", the process proceeds to the next step 1801.
In step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the movable piece 16b is in operation control, that is, whether or not the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized. Then, when it is determined that the movable piece 16b is in operation control, the process proceeds to step 1804. On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece 16b is not under operation control, the process proceeds to the next step 1802.

In step 1802, the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of the fluctuation of the normal symbol is in the non-time saving game state, the first time saving game state, the second time saving game state, the special game, or the small hit game. Check which one it was. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1803.
In step 1803, the main CPU 101 refers to the second start winning opening opening control table 118, and energization control data (opening data) of the starting winning opening solenoid 16c according to the state of the pachinko machine P confirmed in step 1802 described above. , The number of times of energization (number of times of opening) and the time of energization (opening time) are set. Then, the movable piece control process is terminated.

Further, in step 1804, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1801 that the movable piece 16b is in operation control, whether or not the main CPU 101 has elapsed the energization time (opening time) set in step 1803 described above. To judge. Then, when it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has not elapsed, the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1805.
In step 1805, the main CPU 101 executes the operation of the movable piece 16b, that is, the stop of energization of the start winning opening solenoid 16c. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1806.

In step 1806, the main CPU 101 sets "10" in the normal symbol execution phase data so that the normal symbol variation start process is executed in the normal symbol related control process. Then, the movable piece control process is terminated.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the normal gaming state (a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state and the first time-saving) A gaming state that combines gaming states), a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (a gaming state that combines a low-probability gaming state and a second time-saving gaming state), or a high-probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability gaming state and second time-saving). One of the game states (game states combined with the game states) is set so that the game progresses.

At the time when the player starts the game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game ball is , There is a possibility of entering the first starting winning opening 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting winning opening 16. Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, and if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbols X1, X2, or X3 are determined (see FIG. 12A). .. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving gaming state, and the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined. If this is the case, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the normal game state (see FIGS. 14A and 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the player hits the left as instructed during the normal game state, the player shifts to the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state by winning the jackpot (Fig.). 41). However, since the jackpot symbol X1 is determined at 1% of the case where the jackpot is won (see FIG. 12 (a)), even if the jackpot is won during the normal game state, the probability of shortening the time is high. It is extremely difficult to shift to the game state.

Here, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during the normal game state, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined in the winning / failing lottery, and the winning of the time saving grant is determined with a probability of about 1/100. (See FIGS. 6 (a), 7 (a), 8 (a), 9 (a), 10 (a), 11 (a)). Then, when the time-saving symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 are determined, the game state is set to the first low-probability time-saving game state without going through the jackpot and the special game. At the same time, when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot, and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined. The first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time-saving symbol J3 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state However, it continues until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time saving symbol J4 is decided, the first low probability time saving game state is the winning / failing lottery without winning the jackpot. Continues until the result of is derived 50 times, and when the time saving symbol J5 is determined, the first low probability time saving game state continues until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot. However, when the time-saving symbol J6 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot, and the time-saving symbol J7 is determined. The first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived once without winning the jackpot.

Further, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (left-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this. Is a winning / losing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 as in the normal game state. Then, when a jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot symbols X1, X2, or X3 are determined as in the normal gaming state, and the determination probability of each jackpot symbol (determination of the jackpot symbol X1). Since the probability is 1% and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is 99%) is the same as in the normal gaming state, if the jackpot is won during the first low probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot symbol X2 or the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined (see FIG. 12 (a)). When the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time-saving gaming state, so that the gaming state after the end of the special game is the second. It is set to a low-probability time-saving game state, and the number of time-savings is set to 10,000 (see FIGS. 14 (b) and 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the time-saving symbol J2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the time-saving symbol J2 is determined until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 10 times. If this is done, the time saving symbol J4 is determined until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 20 times, and if the time saving symbol J3 is determined, until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 30 times. In the case, when the time saving symbol J6 is determined until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 50 times, and when the time saving symbol J5 is determined, until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 100 times. If you win the jackpot until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 1000 times, or until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived once if the time saving symbol J7 is decided, it is almost the second low. It will shift to the probability time saving game state (see FIG. 41).

During the second low-probability time-saving game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game is played. The ball may enter the second starting winning opening 16 and does not enter the first starting winning opening 15. Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, and if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12B). Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, as described above, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the time-saving number of times is set. Is set to 10000 times. Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state again without the predetermined number of game balls entering the specific area 57, and the time-saving is reduced. The number of times is set to 100 (see FIG. 14 (c) and FIG. 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the right-handed hit is performed as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving game state, is the second low-probability time-saving game state reset by winning the jackpot? Or, it will shift to a high-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 41). Here, when shifting from the first low-probability time-saving game state to the second low-probability time-saving game state, the number of time reductions is set to 10,000 times, and during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the normal game state or the first low probability Since the second start winning opening 16 is much easier to be maintained in the open state than in the time-saving game state, it is almost certain that the next big hit can be won while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls as the game progresses. Since the jackpot symbol X1 is determined by 70% of the case where the jackpot is won (see FIG. 12B), the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the jackpot is won during the second low-probability time-saving game state. It is easy to shift to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving game state, as in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right-handed) is instructed, and the game ball is launched according to this. As long as there is, a winning or losing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, and if a jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12 (b)). ). Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state again, and the number of time reductions is 10,000. Set to times. When the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state, and the number of time reductions is 100. It is set to times (see FIG. 12 (c), FIG. 41).
During the high-probability time-saving game state, as in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the next big hit can be almost certainly won while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined in the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state of 100 times of time reduction is set (FIG. 12 (c)). , Fig. 41), if the jackpot is won before the winning / failing lottery is performed 100 times, it can be expected that the game will shift to the high-probability time-saving game state again.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the normal gaming state, the first low is determined by winning the time saving grant based on the winning / losing lottery (time saving symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7). Aiming to shift to the probability time saving game state, during the first low probability time saving game state (until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 10, 20, 30, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times or once) ) To win the jackpot to move to the second low-probability time-saving game state, and then to continue the second low-probability time-saving game state and high-probability time-saving game state to acquire many game balls. Innovative playability is given. That is, the first low-probability time-saving game state, which can be changed from the normal game state without going through a jackpot winning or special game, shifts to the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state, which is advantageous for the player. It is possible to enhance the player's interest by giving the player a playability that serves as a chance zone for the game.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined in the winning / failing lottery during the normal gaming state, and the time saving grant is won by the winning / losing lottery, and the time saving symbols J1, J2, J3 , J4, J5, J6 or J7, it is possible to shift to the time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. In addition to giving a novel impression to the person, there are abundant variations in the transition to the time-saving gaming state, and it is possible to provide unprecedented playability.
Further, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the winning / failing lottery, when the winning / failing of the jackpot is determined based on the winning / failing random number and it is determined that the jackpot is not won, the same winning / losing is performed during the normal gaming state. Since the judgment of whether or not the time reduction is given is performed based on the random numbers, the types of random numbers used for making various judgments can be suppressed, and the load on the hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 and the main RAM 103 can be reduced. can do.
Further, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, since the probability of winning the time saving grant is the same regardless of the set value, the set value is set by setting the time saving game state without winning the jackpot. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the gambling becomes too high when a predetermined set value is set due to a change in the advantage of each.

(Outline of production in pachinko machine P)
As described above, by executing various processes on the main control board 100, the special figure game, the normal figure game, the special game, and the small hit game proceed. Then, during the progress of these games, various commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 receives these commands, so that the sub-control board 300 advances the game. Control the production that accompanies.
In the following, it can be executed together with the variation effect that is executed during the variation display of the special symbol and can notify the result of the winning / failing lottery, and the variation effect when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant. And the special notification effect that can notify the number of time reductions in the first low-probability time-saving game state based on the winning will be described.

(Outline of variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, during the variable display of the special symbol, a variable effect capable of notifying the result of the winning / losing lottery is executed according to the display mode of the effect symbol 50. In this variation effect, the variation display of the effect symbol 50 (dummy symbol) is performed on the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21. Then, the result of the winning / failing lottery can be notified to the player by the combination of the effect symbols 50 which are stopped and displayed after the variable display (stop display mode).

Specifically, after the start of the variable display of the special symbol, the variable display of all the effect symbols 50 is started from the state in which all the effect symbols 50 are stopped and displayed (FIGS. 42 (a) and 42 (b), 43 (a) and 43 (b)). The downward arrow in the figure indicates that the effect symbol 50 is scrolled from the top to the bottom.
After that, the effect symbol 50 located on the left side (hereinafter referred to as the first stop symbol), the effect symbol 50 located on the right side (hereinafter referred to as the second stop symbol), and the effect symbol 50 located in the center (hereinafter referred to as the third stop symbol). ) Is stopped and displayed (see FIGS. 42 (c) to (e) and 43 (c) to (e)).

Then, when the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit, all the effect symbols 50 are stopped and displayed with the same symbol (see FIG. 43 (e)). That is, when all the effect symbols 50 are stopped and displayed with the same symbol, it is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit.

Further, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss, not all the effect symbols 50 are stopped and displayed with the same symbol (see FIG. 42 (e)). That is, at least one effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed with a symbol different from the other effect symbols 50, indicating that the result of the winning / failing lottery is lost. It should be noted that the above-mentioned stop display mode does not positively notify that the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss, but simply makes the player recognize that the result is a loss (not a big hit or a small hit). Is.
Further, although not particularly shown, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit, a specific mode (for example, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are the same symbol) indicating that fact is obtained. The effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed by a combination in which the third stop symbol is a special symbol indicating the winning of a small hit, etc.). That is, when the effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed in a specific mode, it is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit.
The stop display mode of the effect symbol 50 in the case of winning a small hit is not limited to the above contents, and is the same mode as in the case where the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss (that is, at least one effect symbol 50). May be stopped and displayed with a symbol different from the other effect symbols 50). As a result, the player may not be able to grasp whether the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss or a small hit depending on the stop display mode of the effect symbol 50.

In addition, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning of the time saving grant, a special mode indicating that fact (for example, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol become the same odd number symbol other than "7", and the first 3 The production symbol 50 is stopped and displayed by the combination in which the stop symbol is "7", etc.), and the setting image (for example, "CHANCE ZONE rush !!") indicating that the first low-probability time-saving game state is set is set. (Character image, etc.) is displayed (see FIGS. 44 (g) to 44 (h)), and the number of time reductions is further notified (see FIG. 44 (i)). That is, the effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed in a special mode, and the above-mentioned setting image is displayed, so that the result of the winning / failing lottery is notified that the time saving is given, and the number of time saving is notified. , The determined type of time saving symbol is notified.

Further, the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed almost at the same time as the stop display of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31. As a result, the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 prior to the stop display of the effect symbol 50, and the result of the winning / failing lottery is grasped by the type of the special symbol. It is preventing that.

(Aspect of the first half of the variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the first stop symbol and the second stop are as modes of the first half of the variation effect (from the start of the variation effect to the stop display of the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol). A non-reach pattern in which a symbol different from the symbol is stopped and displayed, and a reach variation pattern in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol (so-called reach display is performed) are provided. There is.

A plurality of types are provided for each of the non-reach pattern and the reach variation pattern, and various variations are set.
Specifically, as the non-reach pattern, the non-reach pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with different symbols without any particular change in the way of fluctuation or the display content of the effect symbol 50. , All the effect symbols 50 are temporarily stopped in a predetermined stop display mode (for example, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are provisionally stopped with a number different by one, and the third stop symbol is a provisional stop suggesting a temporary stop. The first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are different symbols after the pseudo-continuous effect is executed in which the display in the mode of restarting the variable display (temporarily stopped at the stop symbol) is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, once). A non-reach pattern B that is stopped and displayed is provided.
Further, as the reach variation pattern, the reach variation pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol without any particular change in the variation method or the display content of the effect symbol 50, described above. A reach variation pattern B is provided in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with different symbols after the pseudo-continuous effect of is executed.

It should be noted that various times and various time points may be set for the number of times the temporary stop is performed and the timing at which the temporary stop is performed in the pseudo-continuous production. In addition, it is set so that the pseudo-continuous effect in which the above-mentioned temporary stop is performed a specific number of times (for example, 4 times) is executed only when the jackpot is won or the time reduction is granted, and the pseudo-continuous effect is performed. When executed, it may be possible to know that the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the time saving grant has been confirmed. In addition, a pseudo-continuous effect is provided in which the third stop symbol is temporarily stopped after the reach display is performed, and then the variable display is restarted. It may be set so that the execution ratio of the continuous production is high.
Further, the non-reach pattern and the reach variation pattern are not limited to the above-described aspects. For example, as the reach variation pattern, a predetermined image indicating that a reach has occurred instead of performing the reach display in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol is displayed. A mode or the like for notifying by displaying may be provided.

(Aspect of the latter half of the fluctuation production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the mode of the first half of the variation effect is a non-reach pattern, the second half of the variation effect (the second stop symbol is stopped and then the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed). As an aspect of (up to), a normal loss pattern is provided in which the result of the winning / failing lottery is notified that the result of the winning / losing lottery is lost by displaying the stop symbol as it is (see FIG. 42).
When the mode of the first half of the variation effect is the reach variation pattern, as the aspect of the second half of the variation effect, after the reach display, a predetermined development effect image is displayed on the effect display device 21 together with the variation display of the third stop symbol. The reach development effect is executed, and there is a development pattern (see FIG. 44) that notifies that the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, a small hit, a time saving grant or a loss, and the above-mentioned reach after the reach is displayed. A no-development pattern (see FIG. 43) is provided to notify that the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit, a small hit, a time saving grant, or a loss without executing the development effect.

A plurality of types are provided for the mode of the pattern with development, and various types of the development effect image and the like are set. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a development pattern A and a development pattern B are provided as development patterns.
The development pattern A displays a moving image (hereinafter referred to as development production image A) in which the effect symbol 50 is sequentially destroyed and the finally displayed effect symbol 50 is determined as the third stop symbol. Yes (see FIGS. 44 (e) to 44 (g)), and as will be described later, it can be executed in any case of a big hit, a small hit, a time saving grant, or a loss. ..
Then, when the development pattern A is executed and the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, a display indicating that the effect symbol 50 constituting the stop display mode in which the big hit is finally won is displayed is displayed. However, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit, it is displayed that the effect symbol 50 constituting the stop display mode in which the small hit is finally won is displayed, and the result of the winning / failing lottery is shortened. When the grant is won, it is displayed that the effect symbol 50 constituting the stop display mode in which the time saving grant is finally won is reached (see FIGS. 44 (e) to (g)), and a winning / failing lottery is performed. When the result of the above is a loss, it is set to display that the effect symbol 50 that constitutes the stop display mode that is finally lost is reached. As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, a small hit, a time saving grant, or a loss.

Although not particularly shown, the development pattern B displays a moving image in which a predetermined character challenges a mission and the result of the challenge is shown.
This development pattern B is provided with four types of patterns, development pattern B1, development pattern B2, development pattern B3, and development pattern B4, and the content of the mission to challenge as a moving image displayed for each pattern. The development effect image B1, the development effect image B2, the development effect image B3, or the development effect image B4, which are different from each other, are associated with each other. Specifically, the development pattern B1 displays the development effect image B1, the development pattern B2 displays the development effect image B2, the development pattern B3 displays the development effect image B3, and the development pattern B4 displays the development effect image B4. It is set to be displayed.

Further, as will be described later, this development pattern B can be executed only in the case of either the jackpot winning or the time saving grant winning.
Then, when the development pattern B1, the development pattern B2, the development pattern B3, or the development pattern B4 is executed, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, the above-mentioned mission is finally succeeded. Is displayed, a stop display mode in which a jackpot is won is displayed (see FIGS. 46 (b) to (d)), and when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning with a time saving, the above-mentioned is finally described. The setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving game state is set and the number of time-savings are displayed after the display indicating that the mission has failed is displayed (see FIGS. 45 (e) to 45 (h)). Has been done. As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit winning or a time saving grant winning.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the variation effect by the development pattern B is executed, it is determined that the result of the winning / failing lottery is either a big hit or a time saving. , It is possible to enhance the player's interest in executing the variation effect by the development pattern B.

The developed pattern is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiment. For example, as a pattern with development, after a predetermined development effect image is displayed, another development effect image in which the expectation of winning a jackpot or the expectation of winning a time saving is set higher than that of the development effect image. A mode for switching to the display, a mode for notifying the winning of a big hit or a winning of a time saving grant after being notified that the image is lost may be provided.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as a mode of the variable effect, apart from the above-mentioned various modes, all the effect symbols 50 are displayed in a variable manner, and after the variation time elapses, these effect symbols 50 are displayed. There is a special variation pattern in which is displayed as a stop all at once.

Further, in each of the above-mentioned effects, not only the image is displayed, but also a predetermined sound may be output, or the effect lighting device 23 (lamp) may be made to emit light in a predetermined lighting pattern or color.

(Determining the mode of variable production)
Next, the determination of the execution mode of the above-mentioned variation effect will be described.
The main ROM 302 of the sub-control board 300 stores a variation effect determination table 119 that defines the mode of the variation effect for each variation pattern command that can be determined by the main control board 100. Then, when the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives the variation pattern command from the main control board 100 at the start of the variation, the sub CPU 301 determines the mode of the variation effect based on the received variation pattern command with reference to the variation effect determination table 119. do.

In the variation effect determination table 119, the mode of the variation effect is determined by associating each variation pattern command and the variation effect random number acquired within a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249 in this embodiment). When the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives the variation pattern command from the main control board 100, the sub CPU 301 acquires a variation effect random number of 1 from a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249). Then, the sub CPU 301 determines the mode of the variation effect based on the variation effect determination table 119, the received variation pattern command, and the acquired variation effect random number. As a result, the effect display device 21 executes the variation effect based on the determined mode.

As shown in FIG. 47, according to the variation effect determination table 119, when the received variation pattern command is “00H”, “04H”, “05H” or “08H” (that is, the result of the winning / failing lottery is lost). In the case of), the first half part is the mode of the reachless pattern A and the second half part is the mode of the normal loss pattern (hereinafter referred to as mode 1), or the first half part is the mode of the non-reach pattern B and the second half part is the mode of the normal loss pattern. One of (hereinafter referred to as aspect 2) is determined.

Further, when the received fluctuation pattern command is "01H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach fluctuation pattern A and the second half is the mode of the no-development pattern (hereinafter). , Aspect 3), or a mode in which the first half portion is the reach variation pattern B and the second half portion is the non-development pattern (hereinafter referred to as the mode 9) is determined.

If the received variation pattern command is "02H", "03H", "06H" or "07H" (that is, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach variation pattern. A and the latter half of the development pattern A (hereinafter referred to as aspect 4), or the first half of the reach variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern A (hereinafter referred to as aspect 10) are determined. ..

If the received variation pattern command is "22H", "23H", "26H" or "27H" (that is, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit), the mode 4 or One of aspects 10 is determined.

If the received variation pattern command is "A2H", "A3H", "A6H" or "A7H" (that is, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit), the first half of aspect 4 The part is the reach variation pattern A and the latter half is the aspect of the development pattern B1 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 5), the first half is the reach variation pattern A and the latter half is the aspect of the development pattern B2 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 6), and the first half is. The reach variation pattern A and the latter half are aspects of the development pattern B3 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 7), the first half is the aspect of the reach variation pattern A and the latter half is the aspect of the development pattern B4 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 8), aspects 10, and the first half. Is the aspect of the reach variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern B1 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 11), the first half is the aspect of the reach variation pattern B and the latter half is the aspect of the development pattern B2 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 12), and the first half is the reach. The variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern B3 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 13), or the first half of the reach variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern B4 (hereinafter referred to as aspect 14) are determined. Will be done.

Further, when the received variation pattern command is "B3H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is determined), the mode 4 , Aspect 5, Aspect 10 or Aspect 11 is determined.

In addition, when the received fluctuation pattern command is "B4H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined) or "B5H". If there is (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J3 (the number of time saving times 30 times) is determined), the fourth, fifth, sixth, tenth, and eleventh aspects. Alternatively, any of aspects 12 is determined.

In addition, when the received fluctuation pattern command is "B6H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J4 (time saving number of times 50 times) is determined) or "B7H". If there is (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J5 (the number of times of time saving 100 times) is determined), the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and tenth aspects , Aspect 11, Aspect 12 or Aspect 13 is determined.

Further, when the received variation pattern command is "B8H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined), the mode 4 , Aspect 5, Aspect 6, Aspect 7, Aspect 8, Aspect 10, Aspect 11, Aspect 12, Aspect 13 or Aspect 14 is determined.

Further, when the received variation pattern command is "B9H" (that is, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J7 (the number of time saving times is 1) is determined), the mode 4 Alternatively, any of aspects 10 is determined.

In addition, when the received fluctuation pattern command is "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BDH", "BEH" or "BFH" (that is, the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant. In the case), a special variation pattern (hereinafter referred to as aspect 15) is determined.

In FIG. 47, the numbers shown in each area in which the variation pattern command and the mode of the variation effect are associated are the range of the variation effect random numbers allocated to the area, that is, the selection ratio (determination) of the area. Percentage) is shown.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, regarding the mode of the variation effect, if the result of the winning / losing lottery is lost, if the big hit is won, if the small hit is won, the time saving is given and the predetermined time saving symbol is determined. The selection ratio is set separately for each case.

For example, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit or a short-time grant, the reach fluctuation pattern A is determined at a lower rate than in the case of a loss or a small hit. The decision rate of B is high. Therefore, when the reach variation pattern B is executed, the degree of expectation for winning a big hit or winning a time saving is higher than when the reach variation pattern A is executed.

Further, regarding the development pattern A, although the result of the winning / failing lottery can be determined regardless of whether the result is a loss, a small hit, a big hit, or a time saving grant, the development pattern B ( Regarding B1, B2, B3, B4), the result of the winning / failing lottery can be determined only when either the big hit is won or the time saving is given. Therefore, when the development pattern B is executed, the winning of the big hit or the winning of the time saving grant is confirmed, and it is possible to grasp that one of these has been won.

Regarding the development pattern B1, the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, and the time saving symbols J1 (time saving number 10 times), J2 (time saving number 20 times), J3 (time saving number 30 times), J4 (time saving number 50 times). (Times), J5 (time reduction number 100 times) or J6 (time reduction number 1000 times) can be determined. Regarding the development pattern B2, it can be determined when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbols J2, J3, J4, J5 or J6 are determined. Regarding the development pattern B3, it can be determined when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbols J4, J5 or J6 are decided. Regarding the development pattern B4, it can be determined when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving symbol J6 is decided.
That is, in the case where the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, when the time saving symbol J1 is determined, only the development pattern B1 can be determined among the development patterns B, and the time saving symbol J2 or J3 When is determined, the development pattern B1 and the development pattern B2 can be determined among the development patterns B, and when the time saving symbol J4 or J5 is determined, the development pattern B1 and the development pattern B among the development patterns B can be determined. B2 and development pattern B3 can be determined, and when the time saving symbol J6 is determined, all of development pattern B1, development pattern B2, development pattern B3, and development pattern B4 can be determined among the development patterns B. It has become like.

In other words, when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction symbol J1 in which the time reduction number of 10 times is determined is determined, the execution rate of the development pattern B1 is 100%, and the execution of the development patterns B2, B3 and B4. The ratios are all 0%, and the development pattern B is executed when the time-saving symbol J2 for which the number of time reductions is 20 times is determined or when the time-saving symbol J3 for which the number of time reductions is 30 times is determined. Occasionally, the execution rate of the development patterns B1 and B2 is 50%, and the execution rate of the development patterns B3 and B4 is 0%. When the development pattern B is executed when the time saving symbol J5 in which the number of times is set to 100 is determined, the execution ratios of the development patterns B1, B2, and B3 are all about 33%, and the execution ratio of the development pattern B4 is 0. %, And when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction symbol J6 in which the time reduction frequency of 1000 times is determined is determined, the execution ratios of the development patterns B1, B2, B3 and B4 are all 25%. That is, the execution ratios of the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 are different depending on the set number of time reductions.

Then, when the development pattern B1 is executed, the jackpot is won or the time reduction is set to 10 times or more (10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times or 1000 times). Winning is confirmed. In addition, when the development pattern B2 is executed, a big hit is won, or a time saving grant is won in which the number of time reductions is set to 20 times or more (20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times or 1000 times). Determine. Further, when the development pattern B3 is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the time saving grant in which the number of time saving times is set to 50 times or more (50 times, 100 times or 1000 times) is confirmed. Further, when the development pattern B4 is executed, the winning of the big hit or the winning of the time saving grant in which the time saving number is set to 1000 times is confirmed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the execution ratios of the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 differ depending on the number of time reductions when the time reduction is won, and the execution patterns are executed. Since it is possible to give the player different expectations for the number of time reductions that can be set for each type of B, it is possible to enhance the player's interest in the variable production by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4. ..

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, or if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning with a time saving, the development patterns B1, B2, B3 , B4 can execute the variation effect, but if the result of the winning / losing lottery is a small hit or a loss, the variation effect by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 is not executed. That is, the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 are better when the result of the winning / failing lottery is the winning of the big hit or the winning of the time saving than when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit or a loss. The execution rate of the fluctuation effect is high. Therefore, by executing the variable effect according to the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4, it is possible to improve the expectation for winning the big hit or winning the time saving, so that the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 are used. It is possible to enhance the player's interest in the variable production.

It should be noted that the variation effect by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 is not executed when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit or a loss, but the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit. It may be executed at a lower rate than in the case of winning the time saving grant.

In addition, during the variable effect, along with the variable display of the effect symbol 50, various advance notice images showing the expected degree of winning the jackpot and the expected degree of winning of the time saving grant are displayed. ing.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the high and low possibilities of being executed when the jackpot is won or when the time saving is given are set separately for the above-mentioned advance notice effect. As a result, it is possible to change the player's expectation for winning a big hit or winning a time saving according to the advance notice effect to be executed. Specifically, since it is highly likely that a specific advance notice effect will be executed when a jackpot is won or when a time saving is won, a player who wins a big hit or a time saving is given. Will raise the expectation of.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is set that there is a higher possibility that a specific advance notice effect will be executed in the case of winning the time saving grant than in the case of winning the big hit.

For example, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, as a notice effect executed before the reach display during the fluctuation effect, it is possible to execute a line notice in which a line by a predetermined character is displayed. There is. As a mode of the dialogue notice, three patterns of the dialogue notice A, the dialogue notice B, and the dialogue notice C are provided.
Further, as a notice effect to be executed after the reach display during the variation effect, it is possible to execute a cut-in notice in which a predetermined cut-in image is displayed. The cut-in notice is a blue cut-in notice in which a blue cut-in image is displayed, a red cut-in notice in which a red cut-in image is displayed, and a purple cut-in notice in which a purple cut-in image is displayed. Three patterns are provided.

Then, in the case of winning the time saving by the winning / failing lottery, the dialogue notice A and the dialogue notice B can be executed as the dialogue notice, and in the above case, the ratio of the dialogue notice A being executed is 15%. The rate at which the dialogue notice B is executed is 10%. In addition, as a cut-in notice, a blue cut-in notice, a red cut-in notice, and a purple cut-in notice can be executed. In the above case, the ratio of the blue cut-in notice being executed is 10%, and the red cut-in notice is given. The rate of execution is 40%, and the rate of execution of purple cut-in notice is 55%.

In addition, if a big hit is won by the winning / failing lottery, it is possible to execute the dialogue notice A, the dialogue notice B, and the dialogue notice C as the dialogue notice, and in this case, the ratio at which the dialogue notice A is executed. Is 15%, the rate at which the line notice B is executed is 20%, and the rate at which the line notice C is executed is 25%. In addition, as a cut-in notice, a blue cut-in notice and a red cut-in notice can be executed. In the above case, the ratio of the blue cut-in notice being executed is 10%, and the ratio of the red cut-in notice being executed is. It is 25%.

In addition, if a loser or a small hit is won by the winning / failing lottery, it is possible to execute the dialogue notice A and the dialogue notice B as the dialogue notice, and in this case, the ratio of the dialogue notice A being executed is 3%, and the rate at which dialogue notice B is executed is 5%. In addition, as a cut-in notice, a blue cut-in notice and a red cut-in notice can be executed. In the above case, the ratio of the blue cut-in notice being executed is 5%, and the ratio of the red cut-in notice being executed is It is 10%.

That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving is won, the rate at which the dialogue notice A is executed is the same as when the jackpot is won, and the dialogue notice B is executed. Since both the rate and the rate at which the line notice C is executed are small, when the line notice B and the line notice C are executed, the player can have a feeling of expectation for winning the jackpot. ing. In addition, since the dialogue notice C can be executed only when the jackpot is won, when the dialogue notice C is executed, the jackpot winning is confirmed, and the player's interest can be enhanced. ing.

On the other hand, in the case of winning the time saving grant, the ratio of blue cut-in notice being executed is the same, the ratio of red cut-in notice being executed and purple compared to the case of winning the jackpot. Since the rate at which cut-in notices are executed is large, when red cut-in notices and purple cut-in notices are executed, it is possible to give players a sense of expectation for winning the time saving grant. ing. In addition, since the purple cut-in notice can be executed only when the time saving grant is won, when the purple cut-in notice is executed, the winning of the time saving grant is confirmed and the player's interest is enhanced. You can do it.
As a result, it is possible to raise the player's expectation for the winning of the time saving grant, which is more likely to shift to the high probability time saving gaming state, than the jackpot winning, which is extremely difficult to shift to the high probability time saving gaming state. It has become.

The effect that can be executed by the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is not limited to the above-mentioned variable effect, and is stored, for example, before the execution of the variable effect related to the hold stored in the hold storage area. A look-ahead effect may be provided to give suggestions regarding the hold.
Specifically, as the look-ahead effect, when a new hold memory is performed, a plurality of normal modes and a special mode in which a jackpot winning or a time saving grant winning is expected to be higher than the normal mode are included. Hold display being displayed in a predetermined mode at any timing from the time when the hold look-ahead effect is performed in any of the above modes and the time when the hold is stored until the end of the variable effect based on the hold. Is changed to a mode in which the expectation of winning a jackpot or a time-saving grant is high. When a hold change look-ahead effect or a new hold is stored, a change effect based on the hold is being performed, or from the hold. High expectation suggestion that the expectation of winning a big hit or winning a time saving is high, straddling multiple fluctuation effects from the fluctuation effect based on the hold stored earlier to the fluctuation effect based on the hold. A look-ahead zone effect for displaying an image (for example, a background image or the like) may be provided.

Then, it is possible to execute the hold look-ahead effect, the hold change look-ahead effect, the look-ahead zone effect, etc. in which the hold display is performed in the above-mentioned special mode in the case of winning the time saving grant than in the case of winning the jackpot. It may be set so that the property is high.

For example, as shown in FIG. 49, as the hold change look-ahead effect, a blue hold change in which the hold display in white changes to a hold display in blue, a red hold change in which the hold display in white changes to a hold display in red, and white Three patterns of purple hold change are provided in which the hold display by is changed to the hold display by purple, and as a look-ahead zone effect, zone A in which the first high expectation suggestion image is displayed and the second high expectation suggestion image are displayed. It is assumed that three patterns of zone B in which is displayed and zone C in which a third high expectation suggestion image is displayed are provided.

Then, if any of the stored holds is determined by the winning / failing lottery to win the time saving, the blue hold change, the red hold change, and the purple hold are used as the hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. The change is feasible, and in the above case, the blue hold change may be executed at 10%, the red hold change at 40%, and the purple hold change at 55%. .. Further, as a look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned hold, zone A and zone B can be executed. In the above-mentioned case, the ratio of zone A being executed is 15% and the ratio of zone B being executed is 10. May be%.

In addition, if any of the stored holds is determined to be a big hit by the winning / failing lottery, the blue hold change and the red hold change can be executed as the hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. Yes, in the above case, the rate at which the blue hold change is executed may be 10%, and the rate at which the red hold change is executed may be 25%. Further, as a look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned hold, zone A, zone B, and zone C can be executed. In this case, the ratio of zone A being executed is 15%, and zone B is being executed. The rate may be 20% and the rate at which Zone C is executed may be 25%.

In addition, if any of the stored holds is determined to be a loss or a small hit by the winning / failing lottery, the blue hold change and the red hold change are displayed as the hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. It is feasible, and in the above case, the rate at which the blue hold change is executed may be 5%, and the rate at which the red hold change is executed may be 10%. Further, as a look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned hold, zone A and zone B can be executed. In this case, the ratio of zone A being executed is 3%, and the ratio of zone B being executed is It may be 5%.

That is, when set as described above, when it is determined that the time saving is won, the rate at which the blue hold change is executed is the same as when it is determined that the jackpot is won, and the red hold change is executed. Since both the rate of being executed and the rate of executing the purple hold change are large, when the red hold change or the purple hold change is executed, the player can have a feeling of expectation for winning the time saving grant. In addition, since the purple hold change can be executed only when it is judged that the time reduction grant is won, when the purple hold change is executed, the decision of the purple hold grant is confirmed and the player's interest is enhanced. Can be done.
Even in such a setting, it is possible to raise the player's expectation for the winning of the time saving grant rather than the winning of the big hit.

In addition, when it is set as described above, when it is determined that the time saving is won, the ratio of zone A to be executed is the same as that when it is determined to be a big hit, and zone B is executed. Since both the ratio and the ratio in which the zone C is executed are small, when the zone B or the zone C is executed, the player can have a feeling of expectation for winning the jackpot. Since zone C can be executed only when it is determined that the jackpot is won, when zone C is executed, the jackpot winning is confirmed so that the player's interest can be enhanced. It has become.

(Outline of special notification production)
The special notification effect is when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a winning time reduction and the variation effect is performed by the special variation pattern (that is, the determined variation pattern commands are "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BCH", " BDH ”,“ BEH ”or“ BFH ”), which is an effect that can be executed in accordance with the variable effect, and the number of time reductions in the first low-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the time-saving grant and the winning. It can be notified.

In this special notification effect, after the variation effect is started, the variation time predetermined for each variation pattern command elapses and the variation effect ends, and then the stop display time (time reduction symbol) predetermined for each special symbol is completed. Is continuously executed until the elapse of 3 seconds).
Specifically, in the special notification effect, all the images (effect symbol 50) displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 after a predetermined time (2 seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed from the start of the variable effect. , Background image, etc.) is erased and the entire surface of the display unit 21a is displayed in black, and a blackout effect is started in which all the lamps (effect lighting device 23) provided in the pachinko machine P are turned off (FIG. 50 (a)-(c)). Then, when the predetermined blackout effect execution time (4 seconds in this embodiment) elapses, variable display by the effect symbol 50 having a size smaller than the effect symbol 50 before the start of the blackout effect starts in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a. As a result, the variation effect is restarted, a window is displayed at the center of the display unit 21a, and a number count-up display is started in this window (see FIG. 50 (d)). The count-up display is executed until the fluctuation time specified in the fluctuation pattern command elapses (see FIGS. 50 (e) to 50 (h)). Then, when the fluctuation time elapses, the number in the above-mentioned window reaches the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction symbol determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant, and counts up at the end of the fluctuation production. The display ends (see FIG. 50 (h)). After that, a setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving game state is set and the number of time-saving times are displayed until the stop display time elapses (see FIGS. 50 (i) to 50 (j)). The special notification effect ends with the passage of the stop display time.

In the above-mentioned count-up display, until the number in the window reaches a predetermined value (20 in this embodiment), the number in the window is a predetermined number (in this embodiment) every time a predetermined count time (1 second in this embodiment) elapses. Then, the display is increased by 1) (see FIGS. 50 (d) to 50 (e)).
Further, when the number in the window reaches "10" or "20" (that is, the value of the number of time reductions that can be set), the displayed number and the next displayed number are displayed back and forth. A fanning effect that fuels the expectation of counting up to the next number is executed (see FIGS. 50 (f) to (g), FIGS. 51 (a) to (d), and FIG. 52 (a)). Here, if a time saving symbol corresponding to a larger number of time saving times than the displayed number is determined, the number is counted up to the next number through the above-mentioned fanning effect, and then the count-up display is continuously performed. (See FIGS. 51 (a) to 51 (b)). On the other hand, if the time saving symbol corresponding to the same number of times as the displayed number is determined, the count-up display ends with the displayed number without counting up to the next number at the end of the fanning effect. (That is, the fluctuation time elapses at this point and the fluctuation effect ends), and then the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed (FIGS. 50 (h) to (j), FIGS. 51 (e) to (e). See (g)).

In addition, when the time saving symbol corresponding to the time saving number of times exceeding 20 times (30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times) is determined, the number in the window exceeds "20" and the count-up display is displayed. After the number in the window exceeds "20" after the above-mentioned fanning effect, the number in the window is covered with a predetermined shielding image (for example, an image "???"). A hidden shielding effect is performed (see FIG. 52 (b)). Then, when the time corresponding to the determined number of time reductions elapses, the shielded image is erased, and a number indicating the determined number of time reductions is suddenly displayed in the window, so that the count-up display ends (that is,). At this point, the fluctuation time elapses and the fluctuation effect ends), and then the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed (see FIGS. 52 (c) to 52 (e)). By obscuring the numbers in the window with the shield image in this way, the player is expected to expect the numbers finally displayed in the window (that is, the number of time reductions corresponding to the determined time reduction symbol). Can be improved.

Hereinafter, the progress of the special notification effect will be described more specifically.
(1) When the time saving symbol J1 (time saving number 10 times) is determined and the fluctuation pattern command "BAH" (variation time 18 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), a special variation The blackout effect is started 2 seconds after the start of the variation effect by the pattern, the blackout effect is ended 6 seconds after the start of the variation effect, and the count-up display is started. Then, 16 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the number in the window reaches "10" and the fanning effect is executed, and 18 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the fanning effect ends and the number in the window is "10". Stop as it is. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the number of time reductions is set to 10 times, the execution time of the special notification effect is 21 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the elapse of the stop display time.

(2) When the time saving symbol J2 (time saving number 20 times) is determined and the fluctuation pattern command "BBH" (variation time 30 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), special variation The special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (1) until 18 seconds have passed from the start of the variable effect by the pattern, but after 18 seconds have passed from the start of the variable effect and the fanning effect has ended, the numbers in the window. Exceeds "10" and the count-up display continues. Then, 28 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the number in the window reaches "20" and the fanning effect is executed, and 30 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the fanning effect ends and the number in the window is "20". Stop as it is. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the time reduction number of 20 times is set, the execution time of the special notification effect is 33 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the lapse of the stop display time, and the time reduction number of 10 times is It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when it is set.

(3) When the time saving symbol J3 (time saving number 30 times) is determined and the fluctuation pattern command "BCH" (variation time 36 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), special variation The special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (2) until 30 seconds have passed from the start of the variation effect by the pattern, but after 30 seconds have passed from the start of the variation effect and the fanning effect is completed, the shielding effect is executed. Will be done. Then, 36 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "30" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the time reduction number of 30 times is set, the execution time of the special notification effect is 39 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the elapse of the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times is set.

(4) When the time saving symbol J4 (time saving number 50 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BDH" (variation time 46 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 54 (a), the variation effect The special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) until 30 seconds have passed from the start of the process and the shielding effect is executed. After that, 46 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "50" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the time reduction number of 50 times is set, the execution time of the special notification effect is 49 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the lapse of the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times and 30 times are set.

(5) When the time saving symbol J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BEH" (variation time 66 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 54 (b), the variation effect is produced. The special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) and (4) until 30 seconds have passed from the start of the above and the shielding effect is executed. After that, 66 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "100" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the time reduction number of 100 times is set, the execution time of the special notification effect is 49 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the lapse of the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times, and 50 times are set.

(6) When the time saving symbol J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BFH" (variation time 68 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 54 (c), the variation effect is produced. The special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) to (5) until 30 seconds have passed from the start of the above and the shielding effect is executed. After that, 68 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "1000" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the fluctuation production ends at this point. After that, the above-mentioned set image and the number of time reductions are displayed until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, when the time reduction number of 1000 times is set, the execution time of the special notification effect is 49 seconds from the start of the variation effect to the end of the variation effect and the lapse of the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, and 100 times are set.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving symbol J7 (time saving number of times is 1) is determined, the variation effect by the special variation pattern is not performed, and the special notification effect is not executed either.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving grant is won, the larger the number of time saving times set corresponding to the determined time saving symbol, the more the special notification is given. The execution time of the production becomes longer. In other words, after the special notification effect is executed, the game shifts to the first low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving game state), which is an advantageous game state for the player, but when the execution period of the special notification effect becomes long, The period during which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that shifts after the execution of the effect is executed becomes longer.
Therefore, if the execution period of the special notification effect is long, the game profit (granting the time-saving game state) given to the player becomes large, so that the player's interest in the special notification effect can be enhanced.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the time saving is won and the special notification effect is executed, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 does not go through the big hit winning and the special game. Since the first low-probability time-saving game state that facilitates ball entry is set, the large winning opening 18 is opened during the period from the execution of the special notification effect to the setting of the first low-probability time-saving game state. You won't be told. Therefore, the operation control of the structure (large winning opening 18) during the above period is reduced, and the burden on the hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.

Next, the control process on the sub-control board 300 for executing the various processes as described above will be described.
First, the main processing of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 55.
In step 2000, in response to the power being turned on, the main processing program is read from the sub ROM 302, and the initialization and setting processing of the flags and the like stored in the sub RAM 303 are executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2001.
In step 2001, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of updating each effect random number (variable effect random number), and thereafter, repeatedly executes the process of step 2001 until the interrupt process is performed. Here, each effect random number is updated asynchronously.

Next, the timer interrupt processing of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
The sub-control board 300 is provided with a reset clock pulse generation circuit (not particularly shown) that generates a clock pulse at a predetermined period (4 milliseconds). Then, when the clock pulse is generated by the reset clock pulse generation circuit, the sub CPU 301 reads the timer interrupt processing program and starts the timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 56.

In step 2100, the sub CPU 301 executes update processing of various timer counters used in the sub control board 300. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2101.
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and the timer counter is decremented by 1 each time the timer interrupt process of the sub-control board 300 is executed, and the subtraction is stopped when it reaches 0. It has become.
In step 2101, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the receive buffer of the sub RAM 303 and executes various processes according to the received command. Specifically, in the sub-control board 300, when a command is transmitted from the main control board 100, a command reception interrupt process is performed, and the command transmitted from the main control board 100 is stored in the reception buffer. Then, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer by the command reception interrupt processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2102.

In step 2102, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the operation of the effect operation device 9 can be accepted according to the progress of the variable effect during execution, and the operation signal from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c and the press operation detection sensor 9d. Is determined whether or not is input. Then, when the operation signal is input from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c or the pressing operation detection sensor 9d, if the operation of the effect operation device 9 is being accepted, the image indicates that the effect operation device 9 has been operated. A command is sent to the transmission buffer to send to various control boards such as a control board (not shown), a voice control board (not shown), and an illumination control board (not shown). Store. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2103.
In step 2103, the sub CPU 301 transmits the command set in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 303 to various control boards such as an image control board, a voice control board, and an illumination control board. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the sub-control board 300 is completed.

Next, among the command analysis processes of step 2101 described above, the variation pattern command reception process executed when the variation pattern command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 57. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 by the output control process of step 208.
In step 2200, the sub CPU 301 acquires the variation effect random number updated in step 2001 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2201.
In step 2201, the sub CPU 301 determines the mode of the variation effect based on the variation effect determination table 119, the variation effect random number acquired in step 2200 described above, and the received variation pattern command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2202.

In step 2202, the sub CPU 301 sets the variation effect execution command according to the determined mode of the variation effect in the transmission buffer. The variation effect execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in step 2103 described above, and these control boards control to execute the variation effect based on the received variation effect execution command. .. Then, the variation pattern command reception process is terminated.

In addition, the special notification effect in the above-described embodiment is started at the same time as the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time saving grant, and ends when the variable effect is finished and the stop display time of the special symbol elapses. By changing the fluctuation time specified in the fluctuation pattern command corresponding to the time reduction symbol, the execution time of the special notification effect for each time reduction symbol (set time reduction number of times) was set to change. It is not limited to this.
For example, regardless of the time-saving symbol, the fluctuation time specified in the corresponding variation pattern command is the same, but the stop display time for each time-saving symbol is different, so that the time-saving symbol (the set number of time reductions) It may be set so that the execution time of each special notification effect changes. Further, by making both the above-mentioned fluctuation time and the stop display time different, the execution time of the special notification effect may be changed for each time reduction symbol (set time reduction number of times).
Even when the settings are made in this way, the same effects as those in the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

Further, the special notification effect is not executed in the period from the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time saving grant to the elapse of the stop display time of the special symbol after the end of the variable effect, but the start of the above-mentioned variable effect. It may be executed in the period from to the end. Specifically, it starts from a predetermined start time point in the above-mentioned variation effect (for example, a time point after the start time of the variation effect, a time point after a predetermined time elapses from the start of the variation effect, etc.), and a predetermined end time point in the variation effect. (For example, a time point after a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the variation effect, a time point at the end of the variation effect, etc.) may be terminated.
In addition, the special notification effect is executed during the period from the acquisition of the special figure random number (first special figure random number) that has been awarded the time reduction to the end of the variable effect related to the winning of the time reduction. May be good. Specifically, for example, it is executed during the period during one variation effect (hereinafter, referred to as look-ahead variation effect) that is executed before the variation effect (hereinafter, referred to as the variation effect) related to the winning of the time saving grant. It may be executed in a period spanning a plurality of look-ahead variation effects, or may be executed in a period spanning from the look-ahead variation effect to the variation effect.
When set in this way, the execution timing of the special notification effect becomes rich in variation, and the player's interest can be enhanced.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the winning of the time saving grant can be derived as a result of the determination in the winning / failing lottery, and the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set when the time saving grant is won. However, as a result of the judgment in the winning / losing lottery, the winning of the time saving grant is not derived, and it can be decided based on the judgment result other than the big hit winning in the winning / losing lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small hit). Even if a special symbol (that is, a small hit symbol or a lost symbol) is used as a time-saving symbol, and whether or not the time-saving game state can be set (whether or not the time-saving is granted) is determined according to the type of the above-mentioned special symbol determined. good.

For example, a lost symbol ZA1, a lost symbol ZA2, a lost symbol ZA3, etc. are provided as a lost symbol determined when a lost symbol is lost by a winning / losing lottery based on a winning / failing random number, and when the losing symbol ZA1 is determined, the number of time reductions is 10 times. When the first time-saving game state in which is determined is set and the lost symbol ZA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of time reductions of 20 times is determined is set, and when the lost symbol ZA3 is determined, 30 times It may be set so that the first time reduction game state in which the time reduction number is determined is set. Then, also in this case, the variation effect according to the variation pattern B similar to the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to the above-described embodiment can be executed. May be good.

Similarly, the small hit symbol YA1, the small hit symbol YA2, the small hit symbol YA3, etc. are provided as the small hit symbol determined when the small hit is won by the winning / fail lottery based on the winning / fail random number, and the small hit symbol is provided. When the YA1 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of time reductions of 10 times is determined is set, and when the small hit symbol YA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of time reductions of 20 times is determined is set. When the small hit symbol YA3 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of time-saving times of 30 times is set may be set. Then, also in this case, the variation effect according to the variation pattern B similar to the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to the above-described embodiment can be executed. May be good.
In addition, as described above, in the case where the time saving game state is set based on the small hit symbol, the special notification effect is based on the small hit winning after the variable effect based on the small hit winning is started. It may be set to be executed until the winning game is completed. When set in this way, the fluctuation time of the above-mentioned fluctuation effect, the stop display time of the special symbol, the opening time of the small hit game, the opening time of the large winning opening 18 during the small hit game, and the small hit game By making any one or more of the ending times different, the execution time of the special notification effect for each small hit symbol may be set to change.
Further, in the above-mentioned special notification effect, similarly to the above, from the acquisition of the special figure random number (first special figure random number) that won the small hit to the end of the variable effect related to the winning of the small hit. It may be executed in a period.
When set in this way, there are abundant variations in winning the time saving, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the execution time of the special notification effect is set to be longer as the number of time reductions set corresponding to the determined time reduction symbol increases. The target to be controlled is not limited to the special notification effect that can be executed at the time of winning the time saving grant. For example, if one of a plurality of jackpot symbols is determined based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of round games to be executed during the special game is determined for each jackpot symbol, the number of round games to be executed is determined. As the number of round games executed in response to the jackpot symbol increases, the variation time of the variation effect executed based on the winning of the jackpot may be set to be longer. In other words, the longer the variation time of the variation effect executed based on the winning of the jackpot, the greater the number of round games during the special game executed thereafter may be set.
In addition, as the number of round games executed in response to the jackpot symbol increases, the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead effect that can be executed before the variable effect executed based on the winning of the jackpot becomes longer. It may be set as follows. In other words, the longer the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead effect is, the more the number of round games during the special game to be executed thereafter may be set.
When set in this way, it is possible to enhance the player's interest in the variable effect based on the winning of the jackpot and the look-ahead effect that can be executed before the variable effect.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the large winning opening 18 is not opened during the period from the execution of the special notification effect to the setting of the first low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving game state). However, other winning openings (for example, the second starting winning opening 16) are opened during the period from the execution of the variable effect based on the winning of the jackpot to the start of the special game that is advantageous to the player. You may not have it.

Further, the variation effect and the special notification effect according to the development pattern B in the above-described embodiment are not only executed when the time reduction is given by the winning / failing lottery, but also the jackpot is won and the time saving game state is set. It may be executed even when the defined jackpot symbol is decided.

(Modification example)
(1) In the above-described embodiment, a low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low and a non-time-saving gaming state in which the second starting winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to be maintained in the open state are combined. Only in the winning / failing lottery during the normal gaming state, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined, and during other gaming states (during the high probability gaming state where the probability of winning the jackpot is relatively high or the second start winning opening 16 is relative. In the winning / losing lottery during the time-saving game state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), which is likely to be maintained in the open state By not making a judgment, the winning of the time saving grant is made only during the normal gaming state, and the winning of the time saving grant cannot be made during the other gaming states. The control for this is not limited to this.

For example, as the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to during the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state, a table in which the numerical range of the winning / failing random number for winning the time-saving grant is not provided (FIGS. 6 (b) and 7 (FIG. 7)). b), FIG. 8 (b), FIG. 9 (b), FIG. 10 (b), and FIG. 11 (b) are provided, and the winning / losing lottery during the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state is based on the above table. It is also possible to determine whether or not the time saving is granted. In this case, during the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving grant is determined based on the winning / failing random number determination table 110, which is not determined to be the winning of the time-saving grant. Similar to the embodiment, the time saving grant cannot be won during the game state other than the normal game state.
Further, for example, the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to during the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state is also provided with a numerical range of winning / failing random numbers that wins the time-saving grant, and is in the high-probability gaming state or the time-saving gaming state. In the winning / failing lottery, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined based on the table, but if the time saving grant is won, the judgment result of the winning of the time saving grant is forcibly rewritten to the non-winning of the time saving grant. Alternatively, the winning determination result of the time saving grant may be discarded. Even in this case, as in the above-described embodiment, the time saving grant cannot be won during the game state other than the normal game state.
In such a case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the judgment in the winning / failing lottery can be executed in the gaming state other than the normal gaming state in the same manner as in the normal gaming state. The determination in the lottery can be standardized, and the processing load on the hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the probability of winning the time saving grant is set to be the same regardless of which setting value is set, but the present invention is not limited to this. , The probability of winning the time saving may be set differently depending on the set value. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the probability of winning the time saving when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 and the time saving when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. The probabilities of winning the grant were set to be the same, but the probability is not limited to this, and the case where the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16 It may be set so that the probability of winning the time saving grant is different from the case where the game ball enters. Further, the number of time reductions may be set to be different depending on the set game state and the type of the time reduction symbol determined when the time reduction grant is won.
When set in this way, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the performance variation of the time-saving gaming state becomes abundant, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.

(2) In the above-described embodiment, when the time saving grant is won by the judgment of the winning or failing of the time saving grant in the winning or losing lottery using the winning or failing random number, it is different from the winning or losing lottery using the special symbol random number different from the winning or losing random number. The time saving symbol is determined by the process of determining the special symbol, and the number of time saving is determined according to the determined type of the time saving symbol (J1, J2, J3), but the number of time saving is not limited to this.
For example, it may be set so that both the winning of the time saving grant and the determination of the time saving number can be determined by the winning / losing lottery using the winning / failing random number. That is, the winning of the time saving grant and the determination of the time saving number may be performed by the same random number and the same processing, instead of performing by a separate random number and a separate process.
Specifically, in the winning / failing random number determination table 110, when it is determined that the time saving is won and a numerical range to which a predetermined time saving symbol is associated is set, and the acquired winning / failing random number belongs to the numerical range, It can be set so that the winning of the time saving grant and the number of time saving specified in the time saving symbol corresponding to the numerical range are determined. For example, as the winning / failing random number determination table 110 referred to in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 during the low-probability gaming state where the set value is 1, the winning / failing random number is used. When is 331 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving symbol J1 (time saving number 10 times) is associated with the winning, and when the winning / failing random number is 3638 to 3964, the time saving symbol J2 (time saving number 20 times) is determined. ) Is associated with the table A1a, which is determined to be a winner of the time saving grant (see FIG. 58). According to this table A1a, when the winning / failing random number is 331 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving grant is won, and the time saving number is determined to be 10 times by determining the time saving symbol J1. Become. Further, when the winning / failing random number is 3638 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving is given, and the time saving symbol J2 is determined, so that the number of time saving is determined to be 20 times.
In this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the winning of the time saving and the number of times of the time saving are determined only by the process of determining whether or not the time saving is given in the winning / failing lottery. , The processing load in the winning / failing lottery will be reduced.

(3) In the above-described embodiment, after determining whether or not the time reduction is granted in the winning / losing lottery during the normal gaming state, the number of time reductions is associated when the result of the determination is the winning of the time saving. The time saving symbol was to be decided, but the order of processing is not limited to this.
For example, after determining the time saving symbol, a winning / failing lottery may be performed to determine whether or not the time saving is granted. Then, when the winning of the time saving grant is decided, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set, and the time saving number of times associated with the previously determined time saving symbol is set. good.
Even in this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(4) In the above-described embodiment, the determination of whether or not the jackpot is correct, the determination of whether or not the small hit is correct, and the determination of whether or not the time reduction is granted are all executed with reference to the same correctness / random number determination table 110. However, it is not limited to this.
For example, the determination of whether or not the time reduction is granted is a table different from the hit / fail random number determination table 110 used for determining whether or not the big hit is correct and whether or not the small hit is appropriate, and is a specific table used only for determining whether or not the time reduction is granted. You may refer to the table and execute it.
Even in this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(5) In the above-described embodiment, a plurality of types of time-saving symbols associated with the time-saving number of times are provided, and the time-saving number of times is determined according to the determined time-saving symbol. It is not limited to. For example, one type of time-saving symbol J is provided in which only the winning of the time-saving grant is associated and the number of time-savings is not associated, and when the winning of the time-saving grant is won by the winning / failing lottery, the time-saving symbol J is determined. At the same time, the number of time reductions may be determined by a specific lottery separate from the winning / failing lottery.
In this case, the same operation and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, the storage capacity of the special symbol in the main ROM 102 can be reduced, and the space for storing other information can be increased.

(6) In the above-described embodiment, a low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low and a non-time-saving gaming state in which the second starting winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to be maintained in the open state are combined. Only in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state, the winning / failing of the time saving grant is determined, and it is possible to win the time saving grant (determination of the time saving symbols J1, J2, J3), and the probability of winning the jackpot is relative. During a high-probability high-probability gaming state or during a time-saving gaming state in which the second starting winning opening 16 is relatively likely to be maintained in an open state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, In the winning / failing lottery (during the high-probability time-saving game state), the winning / failing of the time-saving grant was not determined, and it was not possible to win the time-saving grant. Even if there is, the winning or failing of the time saving grant may be judged in the winning or losing lottery.

Specifically, for example, even in the winning / failing lottery during the first low-probability time-saving game state (that is, during the game state in which the time-saving game state is set) in which the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state are combined, the time reduction is given. It may be set so that the winning or failing of the time saving is determined and the time saving grant can be won (time saving symbols J1, J2, J3). Then, in the winning / failing lottery during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the time-saving grant is determined by determining whether or not the time-saving is granted, and when the time-saving symbol is determined, the first time-saving game state is reset. At the same time, the number of time reductions associated with the determined time reduction symbol (10 times for the time reduction symbol J1, 20 times for the time reduction symbol J2, and 1 time reduction for the time reduction symbol J3). It may be set again (overwriting the current number of time reductions). For example, when the remaining number of time reductions in the first low-probability time-saving game state is 5, and the time-saving symbol J2 (time-saving number 20 times) is determined as the winning of the time-saving grant, the first time-saving game state is set. At the same time as being reset, "20 times" may be set again as the number of time reductions. In this case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state will continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot again.
Further, in the above case, instead of setting the time saving number associated with the time saving symbol again, the time saving number associated with the time saving symbol may be added to the remaining time saving number at that time point. For example, when the remaining number of time reductions in the first low-probability time-saving game state is 5, and the time-saving symbol J2 (time-saving number 20 times) is determined as the winning of the time-saving grant, the first time-saving game state is set. At the same time as being reset, the remaining number of time reductions may be updated to "25 times (= 5 remaining time reductions + 20 time reductions specified in the time reduction symbol J2)". In this case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state will continue until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived 25 times without winning the jackpot again.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the chances of setting the time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game are increased, which is more novel. It is possible to impart playability and enhance the interest of the player.

(7) In the above-described embodiment, the time-saving symbols that can be determined when the time-saving grant is won are the time-saving symbol J1 in which the number of time-savings is set to 10 times, and the time-saving symbol in which the number of time-savings is set to 20 times. Three types of time-saving symbols J2 and a time-saving symbol J3 in which the number of time reductions is set to one are provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other time-saving symbols having different number of time reductions may be provided.
Specifically, in addition to these time-saving symbols, the time-saving symbol J4 in which the number of time reductions is set to 30 times, the time-saving symbol J5 in which the number of time reductions is set to 50 times, and the time-saving symbol J6 in which the number of time reductions is set to 10000 times. Etc. may be provided. Further, as the time-saving symbol that can be determined when the time-saving grant is won, only one type of time-saving symbol in which a predetermined number of time reductions is determined may be provided.
In this case, it is possible to obtain the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment, and to increase the variation of the time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. , It is possible to give more innovative playability and enhance the interest of the player.
Further, as described above, the set number of time reductions may be predetermined for each type of time reduction symbol, or may be predetermined for each type of time reduction symbol and the set gaming state. For example, in the normal gaming state (non-time saving game state), when the time saving symbol J1 is determined, when the time saving symbol J2 is determined, and when the time saving symbol J3 is determined, the number of time saving is 100 times. Although it is set, in the time saving game state, the time saving number is set to 100 times when the time saving symbol J1 is decided, and the time saving number is set to 50 times when the time saving symbol J2 is decided. When the symbol J3 is determined, the number of time reductions may be set to 0 (that is, the time reduction game state is set and the time reduction game state is set to end at the same time).
In such a case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the set number of time reductions can be varied, so that more innovative game playability can be imparted to the player. Can enhance the interest of.
In addition, the pachinko machine can win the time saving in both the winning and losing lottery for the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. If it is set, it is based on the probability of winning a time saving in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, and the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. The probability of winning the time saving in the winning / failing lottery is different (for example, in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, the time saving is won at 1/100 and the second starting winning opening In the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into 16, the time saving grant may be won at 1/10).
In this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the advantage regarding the setting of the time-saving game state changes depending on the starting winning opening where the game ball enters. Can be enhanced.
In addition, in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol according to the determined time-saving symbol, the movable piece 16b opens after the normal symbol is drawn and the normal symbol is stopped and displayed. The opening time of the normal drawing, which is the time until the second starting winning opening 16 is opened), may be set to be different. For example, in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, the normal figure opening time is 0.5 seconds, and in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2, the normal figure opening time. Is 1.0 second, and in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J3, the normal figure opening time may be set to 1.5 seconds.
In this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the advantage of the set time-saving gaming state changes for each determined time-saving symbol, which enhances the interest of the player. be able to.

(8) In the above-described embodiment, the winning of the time saving grant can be derived as a result of the determination in the winning / failing lottery, and the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set when the time saving grant is won. However, as a result of the judgment in the winning / losing lottery, the winning of the time saving grant is not derived, and it is decided based on the judgment result other than the big hit winning in the winning / losing lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small hit). The special symbol to be obtained (that is, the small hit symbol or the lost symbol) is substituted as the time saving symbol, and whether or not the time saving game state can be set (whether or not the time saving is granted) is determined according to the type of the above-mentioned special symbol determined. May be good.

For example, in the case of losing due to a winning / failing lottery based on a winning / failing random number, when the losing symbol Z1 is determined by a special symbol random number, the first time saving game state in which the number of time saving times of 20 times is determined is set, and the special symbol random number When the lost symbol Z2 is determined by the above, the first time saving game state may not be set. Further, the lost symbol that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, and the lost symbol in which the first time saving game state of the time saving number different from the losing symbol Z1 is set (for example, the time saving number of 50 times) A lost symbol Z3 in which the first time-saving game state is set, a lost symbol Z4 in which the first time-saving game state of 10,000 times of time reduction is set, and the like may be provided.
In addition, instead of determining the lost symbol by the process of determining the winning / failing lottery and the special symbol, in the winning / failing lottery based on the winning / failing random number as in the above-mentioned modification (2), for example, setting the first time saving game state and setting The loss corresponding to the lost symbol Z1 in which the number of time reductions is set to 20 times and the loss corresponding to the lost symbol Z2 in which the first time saving game state is not set are set so as to be able to be derived, and the lost symbol is set by a winning / losing lottery. If the loss corresponds to Z1, the first time reduction game state of 20 times is set, and if the loss corresponds to the loss symbol Z2 by the winning / failing lottery, the first time reduction game state is not set. It may be.

Further, for example, in the case where a small hit is won by a winning or losing lottery based on a winning or losing random number, when the small hit symbol Y1 is determined by a special symbol random number, the first time saving game state in which the time saving number is set to 50 times is set. When the small hit symbol Y1 is set and the small hit symbol Y1 is determined by the special symbol random number, the first time saving game state may not be set. Further, the small hit symbol that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, and the small hit symbol (for example, the number of time reduction) in which the first time saving game state of the time saving number different from the small hit symbol Y1 is set is set. A small hit symbol Y3 in which the first time-saving game state of 80 times is set, a small hit symbol Z4 in which the first time-saving game state of 10,000 times of time reduction is set, and the like may be provided.
In addition, instead of determining the small hit symbol by the process of determining the winning / failing lottery and the special symbol, in the winning / failing lottery based on the winning / failing random number as in the above-described modification (2), for example, the setting of the first time saving game state is set. It is possible to derive the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol Y1 in which the number of time reductions is 50 times, and the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol Y2 in which the first time saving game state is not set. If the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol Y1 is won by the winning / failing lottery, the first time saving game state of 50 times of time saving is set, and the small winning corresponding to the small hit symbol Y2 is set by the winning / failing lottery. If the player wins the game, the first time-saving game state may not be set.
In this case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and special symbols such as small hit symbols and lost symbols that have been conventionally adopted are not provided as special symbols. It is possible to set a time-saving game state that does not involve winning a big hit and executing a special game, and it is possible to simplify the development process of the pachinko machine.

(9) In the above-described embodiment, whether or not the time saving game state can be set is determined based on the result of determining whether or not the time saving is given in the winning or losing lottery based on the winning or losing random number. The control of the decision is not limited to this.
For example, a time-saving symbol random number, which is a dedicated random number for determining whether or not to set the time-saving game state, is provided separately from the winning / failing random number and the special symbol random number, and the time-saving symbol is set separately from the winning / failing lottery and the determination of the special symbol. The time-saving symbol lottery is set to determine whether or not the time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) can be set based on the symbol random number, and the time-saving game state (first time-saving game) is set based on the result of the time-saving symbol lottery. The state) may be set or not, and the number of time reductions when setting the time reduction game state may be determined.
That is, it is possible to set the time saving game state by performing the winning / failing lottery based on the winning / failing random number, determining the special symbol based on the result of the winning / failing lottery, and performing the time saving symbol lottery based on the time saving symbol random number (described later). It can be set to determine the time saving symbol).

Specifically, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, the above-mentioned first special figure random number and the second special figure random number are used together with the above-mentioned random number dedicated to the time-saving symbol lottery. One time-saving symbol random number is acquired within a predetermined numerical range (for example, 0 to 65535), and based on the acquired time-saving symbol random number, the type of time-saving symbol for which the time-saving game state can be set is determined. Set to perform a time-saving symbol lottery.
More specifically, a time-saving symbol random number determination table for determining the type of time-saving symbol in the time-saving symbol lottery is provided. At this time, the time-saving symbol random number determination table may be provided for each type of start winning opening (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16) into which the game ball has entered. Then, when the set gaming state is the normal gaming state, the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery is performed with reference to a predetermined time-saving symbol random number determination table, and the type of the time-saving symbol is determined.

As the time saving symbol, the time saving winning symbol in which the winning of the time saving grant (that is, setting the time saving game state) is defined, and the non-winning of the time saving grant (that is, not setting the time saving game state) are defined. Winning symbols can be provided. In addition, as the time-saving winning symbols, there are a plurality of types of time-saving winning symbols in which different times are set (for example, time-saving winning symbols JA1 in which 10 times are set, time-saving winning symbols JA2 in which 20 times are set, etc.). Can be provided.
Then, when any of the time-saving winning symbols is determined by the time-saving symbol lottery, for example, the first time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set, and according to the determined time-saving winning symbol. The number of times saved is set. As a result, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning / losing lottery is derived for the set number of time-saving times without winning the jackpot. On the other hand, when the time saving non-winning symbol is decided, it remains in the normal game state.
In addition, when the set game state is other than the normal game state (first low-probability time-saving game state, second low-probability time-saving game state, high-probability time-saving game state), the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery is performed. Instead, it may be forcibly set to determine the time saving non-winning symbol. As a result, in the game state other than the normal game state, the time saving game state is not newly set.

As described above, when it is set to determine the type of the time-saving symbol by the time-saving symbol lottery based on the time-saving symbol random number, the time-saving symbol lottery, the time-saving symbol, the winning / failing lottery, the special symbol, etc. It may be set to perform the same control as the control related to.
For example, the acquired time-saving symbol random numbers are the same as the first special figure random numbers and the second special figure random numbers acquired when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16. It may be stored in the hold storage area and set so that it can be held up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4) in the same manner as the first special figure random number and the second special figure random number.
Further, when the time saving symbol is determined as described above, a predetermined display device (time saving symbol display device) different from the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31 is similarly used as the special symbol. In, the variation display of the time saving symbol (hereinafter, also referred to as the variation of the time saving symbol) may be set to be performed. The variation display of the time-saving symbol may be set to start at the same timing as the variation display of the special symbol, or may be set to have the same variation time as the variation display of the special symbol. Further, when the variation display of the special symbol and the variation display of the time-saving symbol are started at the same timing, the time-saving symbol lottery may be set to be performed at the start of the variation display.

In addition, when the time-saving winning symbol is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery, and if the winning / losing lottery executed in association with the time-saving symbol lottery is lost, after the change of the special symbol based on the winning / losing lottery is stopped. (At the start of the change of the next special symbol), the time saving game state (first low probability time saving game state) may be set. In addition, when a small hit is won in the winning / failing lottery executed in association with the time saving symbol lottery, after the small hit game based on the small hit winning is completed (the first special after the small hit game is completed). The time saving game state may be set (at the start of the fluctuation of the symbol).

On the other hand, when the time-saving winning symbol is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery and the big hit is won in the winning / failing lottery executed in association with the time-saving symbol lottery, the time-saving winning symbol is determined. Based on the time saving game state is not set, and after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot (at the start of the change of the first special symbol after the end of the special game), the jackpot determined based on the winning of the jackpot The game state may be set according to the type of the symbol. That is, if the determination of the time-saving winning symbol and the determination of the jackpot symbol (winning of the jackpot) overlap, the determination of the time-saving winning symbol is invalidated and the game state based on the determination of the jackpot symbol is set. good. If the game state is set with priority over the special game based on the determination of the time-saving winning symbol, the game state at the time of winning the jackpot may change, and the special game ends after confirming the presence or absence of the change. It is necessary to set the game state later, and the process of setting the game state may become complicated. However, by doing so as described above, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of such a situation.

Further, the variation pattern command, the mode of the variation effect, the mode of the look-ahead effect, and the like may be determined based on the results of the determination of the special symbol and the determination of the time saving symbol.
Specifically, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit winning or losing and the time saving winning symbol is decided, the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small winning winning or losing and the time saving non-winning symbol. When the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit (when the time saving non-winning symbol is decided), the variation pattern command and the mode of the variation effect corresponding to each are determined. May be good. Then, for example, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small win or a loss, and the time saving winning symbol is determined, or if the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, the result of the winning / failing lottery is small. It may be set so that the determination ratio of the variation pattern command associated with the long variation time is higher than the case where the winning or losing symbol is determined and the time saving non-winning symbol is determined. It may be set so that the determination ratio of the mode of the variable effect and the mode of the look-ahead effect, which are set with high expectation of winning or the time saving, may be high.

In addition, even if it is set to determine the type of the time-saving symbol by the time-saving symbol lottery based on the time-saving symbol random number, whether or not the time-saving symbol lottery is performed in the game state other than the normal game state to set the time-saving game state. You may decide whether or not. Since the various controls in this case are the same as in (6) above, the description thereof will be omitted.
In addition, instead of determining both the time-saving game state and the number of time-savings in the time-saving symbol lottery based on the time-saving symbol random number, only the time-saving game state can be set in the time-saving symbol lottery based on the time-saving symbol random number. However, when it is decided to set the time saving game state, a lottery to determine the time saving number of times may be performed based on another random number (time saving number determination random number) different from the above-mentioned time saving symbol random number. ..

Further, the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery may be set to be performed using other random numbers instead of using the time-saving symbol random numbers.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, the hit / fail random number of 1 is used to determine whether or not the jackpot is a win or not, instead of both determining whether the jackpot is a win or not and whether or not the small hit is a win. A large hit judgment random number that is used only, a small hit judgment random number that is used only to judge whether or not a small hit is won, and a loss judgment random number that is used only to judge whether or not a loss occurs are provided separately, and each random number is provided. By making a judgment for each, the judgment result of winning a big hit, winning a small hit, or losing is derived, and the above-mentioned time saving symbol lottery is performed based on any of these random numbers to shorten the time. You may decide whether or not to set the game state and the number of time reductions.

Further, as in the above-described embodiment, the jackpot symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol is not determined by one special symbol random number, but the jackpot used only for determining the type of the jackpot symbol when the jackpot is won. Separately, the symbol determination random number, the small hit symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of small hit symbol when a small hit is won, and the lost symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of lost symbol in the case of loss. Based on any random number according to the judgment result of winning a big hit, winning a small hit, or losing, the type of the big hit symbol, the type of the small hit symbol, and the type of the lost symbol are determined, and these random numbers are used. A time-saving symbol lottery may be performed based on one of the two, and whether or not the time-saving game state can be set and the number of time-saving times may be determined.

Further, as in the above-described embodiment, in the pachinko machine P provided with the set values of a plurality of stages associated with the settings related to the payout, the lottery is set so that the lottery probability differs depending on the set values. Random numbers used in (for example, hit / fail random numbers, big hit judgment random numbers, small hit judgment random numbers, loss judgment random numbers, etc.), or are used in lottery set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the set value. A time-saving symbol lottery may be performed based on any of random numbers (for example, a special symbol random number, etc.) to determine whether or not the time-saving game state can be set and the number of time-saving times. In addition, the time-saving symbol lottery is not performed based on the random numbers used in the lottery set so that the lottery probability differs according to the set value, and the lottery probability is set to be the same regardless of the set value. The time saving symbol lottery may be performed based only on the random numbers used in the lottery to determine whether or not the time saving game state can be set and the number of time saving times.

When the settings are made as described above, the same effects as those in the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control methods for setting the time-saving gaming state are abundant, and the time-saving gaming state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. Is possible.

(10) When the high-probability gaming state is set in the above-described embodiment, a special symbol (big hit symbol X4) in which the jackpot is won and the setting of the low-probability gaming state is determined is determined thereafter. , The high-probability gaming state has ended and the low-probability gaming state has been set, but the control of transition to the low-probability gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, after a high-probability gaming state is set, the high-probability gaming state ends when a predetermined high-probability number of winning / failing lottery (for example, 80 times) is performed without winning a jackpot. (Configured as a so-called ST type pachinko machine). Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, if a gaming state that combines a high-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state can be set, the above-described embodiment can be set during the gaming state. When the winning of the time saving grant is decided by the winning / failing lottery and the time saving symbol is decided, the small hit symbol or the losing symbol which is determined to set the time saving game state as in the above-mentioned modified example (8) is decided. When this is done, or when the time-saving winning symbol is determined by the time-saving symbol lottery as in the above-mentioned modification (9), the time-saving gaming state may be set based on the determination.
Further, for example, a fall lottery random number used for a fall lottery to determine whether or not to end the high-probability game state and set a low-probability game state is provided, and the high-probability game state is ended by the fall lottery based on the fall lottery random number. When it is decided to set the low-probability gaming state, the high-probability gaming state may be terminated. Then, when the fall lottery random number is provided, the time saving symbol lottery as in the above-described modification (9) may be performed based on the falling lottery random number to determine whether or not the time saving game state can be set. ..
When the settings are made as described above, the same effects as those in the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control methods for setting the time-saving gaming state are abundant, and the time-saving gaming state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. Is possible.

(11) In the above-described embodiment, the process of determining the result of the winning / failing lottery is performed in the order of determination of winning / failing of big hit → determination of winning / failing of small hit → determination of winning / failing of time saving grant. The order of is not limited to this.
For example, the determination of the success or failure of the big hit → the determination of the success or failure of the time saving grant → the determination of the success or failure of the small hit may be performed in this order.
Further, as in the above-described modification (8), in the winning / failing lottery, the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol in which the time saving game state is set instead of deriving the winning determination result of the time saving grant is determined. It is possible to derive the winning of the small hit (hereinafter, also referred to as the small hit with time reduction) and the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol that the time saving game state is not set (hereinafter, also referred to as the small hit without time reduction), and the time reduction can be derived. In pachinko machines where the time-saving game state is set when a small hit with a hit is won, and the time-saving game state is not set when a small hit without a time reduction is won, for example, the judgment of winning or not of a big hit → Judgment of whether or not the small hit with time reduction is correct → Judgment of whether or not the small hit with time reduction is correct, judgment of whether or not the small hit with time reduction is correct → Judgment of whether or not the small hit with time reduction is correct → Judgment of whether or not the small hit with time reduction is correct May be good.
Further, as in the above-described modification (8), in the winning / failing lottery, instead of deriving the winning judgment result of the time saving grant, the losing pattern corresponding to the losing symbol in which the time saving game state is set is defined (hereinafter, , Also referred to as time-saving loss), loss corresponding to the loss pattern that stipulates that the time-saving game state is not set (hereinafter, also referred to as time-saving loss) can be derived, and when the time-saving game state is lost, the time-saving game state In a pachinko machine in which the time-saving game state is not set when is set and there is no time-saving loss, for example, in the order of jackpot hit / fail judgment → small hit hit / fail judgment → time-saving loss judgment, big hit The judgment may be made in the order of the judgment of whether or not the hit is correct, the judgment of the loss with time reduction, and the judgment of whether or not the small hit is correct.
In addition, in pachinko machines that are set to determine whether or not to end the high-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, a fall lottery → a win / fail lottery The lottery process may be performed in the order of determination).

Further, as in the above-described modification (9), in a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving symbol lottery and a setting value of a plurality of stages is not set, a time-saving symbol lottery is performed. → The lottery may be processed in the order of winning / failing lottery, or the lottery may be processed in the order of winning / failing lottery → time saving symbol lottery. In addition, in pachinko machines that are set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving game state by the time-saving symbol lottery and the setting values of multiple stages are set, the time-saving symbol lottery (the lottery probability regardless of the set value). The lottery may be processed in the order of (lottery set so that the numbers are the same) → win / fail lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability differs depending on the set value).
Further, in a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving symbol lottery and to determine whether or not to end a high-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, and a setting value of a plurality of stages is not set. The lottery may be processed in the order of a fall lottery → a time-saving symbol lottery → a winning / failing lottery, or a lottery may be performed in the order of a falling lottery → winning / failing lottery → time-saving symbol lottery. In addition, a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving symbol lottery, and to determine whether or not to end a high-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, and has a set value of multiple stages. In the case of a fall lottery (a lottery set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the set value) → a time-saving symbol lottery (a lottery probability is set to be the same regardless of the set value) The lottery process may be performed in the order of winning / failing lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability differs depending on the set value).

When the settings are made as described above, the same effects as those in the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and a lottery for determining whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state can be performed at the timing according to the specifications of the pachinko machine.

(12) In the above-described embodiment, the special game is executed when the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit, but the execution opportunity of the special game is not limited to this. do not have.
For example, a small hit is executed not only when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, but also when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a predetermined small hit (when a predetermined small hit symbol is determined). In the winning game, the specific large winning opening provided with a special area where the game ball can enter is opened, and the game ball that entered the specific large winning opening during the small hit game enters the special area. You may set it so that the special game is executed even if it is done (configured as a so-called 1 type 2 type mixed pachinko machine). In addition, after the end of the special game executed based on the above-mentioned small hit winning, the game state (non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state) according to the small hit symbol determined at the time of the above-mentioned small hit winning is entered. It may be set to migrate.

Further, also in the pachinko machine set as described above (so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine), as in the above-described embodiment and modification, the determination of whether or not the time saving is appropriate (the above-mentioned embodiment and Win / fail lottery of the above-mentioned variant example (2)), determination of small hit symbols and lost symbols that determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state (processing of the above-mentioned variant example (8) win / fail lottery and determination of special symbols) , Time-saving winning symbol or time-saving non-winning symbol (time-saving symbol lottery in the above-mentioned modification (9)), etc. (hereinafter, these judgments and decisions are collectively referred to as time-saving grant determination processing). However, the time-saving game state may be set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.
For example, in the case of performing the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery with a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, the time-saving symbol lottery is used to set the time-saving game state (the time-saving symbol specified to set the time-saving game state). (Time saving winning symbol)) is decided, and when the winning / failing lottery results in a loss (the losing symbol is decided), after the change of the special symbol based on the winning / failing lottery is stopped, the result of the above-mentioned time saving symbol lottery is displayed. When it is determined that the time-saving game state is set according to the time-saving game state and the time-saving game state is set by the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery, and the small hit is won by the winning / failing lottery (the small hit symbol is determined), the above-mentioned The time saving game state is not set according to the result of the time saving symbol lottery, and after the end of the small hit game and the special game based on the winning of the small hit, the type of the small hit symbol determined based on the winning of the small hit is selected. The corresponding gaming state may be set.
Specifically, the time-saving symbol (time-saving winning symbol) associated with setting the first time-saving game state (time-saving number of times is 20 times) is determined by the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery, and a small hit in the winning / failing lottery. If a small hit symbol associated with setting the second time reduction game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is determined after the small hit game and the special game are completed, the small hit game and the special After the end of the game, the first time-saving game state may not be set, and the second time-saving game state may be set.
In this case, in addition to achieving the same effects as those in the above-described embodiment, pachinko machines having various specifications can be equipped with a lottery function for determining whether or not a time-saving gaming state can be set, and a small hit. When the winning of the game and the determination of the setting of the time-saving gaming state overlap, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the setting process of the time-saving gaming state becomes complicated.

(13) When a plurality of types of determination results are provided as the determination results that can be determined by the above-mentioned time reduction grant determination process, the second start winning opening 16 can be easily maintained in the open state for each determination result. You may set a time-saving game state in which the processing contents for the purpose are different.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, when the time-saving symbol is set to be determined by the process of winning / failing lottery and the determination of the special symbol, or the above-mentioned modification (9). ), The type of time-saving symbol (time-saving winning symbol) that can be determined when it is set to determine the time-saving symbol (time-saving winning symbol) that is determined to set the time-saving game state by the time-saving symbol lottery. As a result, although the probability of winning in the lottery of the symbol and the normal symbol for which the above-mentioned first time reduction game state is set is higher than that of the non-time reduction game state, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol and the second start winning opening The opening time of 16 is the same as the non-time-saving game state. The symbol stipulated to set the third time-saving game state, and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shorter than that of the non-time-saving game state, but it wins in the lottery of the normal symbol. The probability of becoming the second start winning opening 16 and the opening time of the second starting winning opening 16 are the same as the non-time saving gaming state. Although it is longer than the state, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol are the same as the non-time-saving game state. good. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are more advantageous than the non-time saving gaming state (that is,). Any two of the settings are made: the probability of winning in the lottery of ordinary symbols is high, the fluctuation time of ordinary symbols is short, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 is long), but others One of them may be provided with a symbol for setting a time-saving game state that is the same as the non-time-saving game state.
It should be noted that the same setting can be made even when it is possible to derive the result of winning the time saving grant corresponding to the predetermined time saving symbol in the winning / failing lottery as in the above-mentioned modification (2). For example, in the winning / failing lottery, it corresponds to the winning of the time saving grant corresponding to the time saving symbol specified to set the above-mentioned third time saving game state, and the time saving symbol specified to set the above-mentioned fourth time saving game state. It may be set so that the result of winning of the time saving grant can be derived.

In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), when it is set to determine whether or not to set the time saving game state by the small hit symbol or the lost symbol determined in the process of winning / failing lottery and determining the special symbol. , The small hit symbol Y1 (or the lost symbol Z1) that defines the setting of the above-mentioned first time-saving gaming state, and the small hit symbol Y3 (or the losing symbol Y3) that defines the setting of the above-mentioned third time-saving gaming state. Z3), the small hit symbol Y4 (or the lost symbol Z4) that defines the setting of the above-mentioned fourth time-saving gaming state, and the small hit symbol Y5 (or the small hit symbol Y5) that defines the setting of the above-mentioned fifth time-saving gaming state. A lost symbol Z5) or the like may be provided. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are more advantageous than the non-time saving gaming state (that is,). Any two of the settings are made: the probability of winning in the lottery of ordinary symbols is high, the fluctuation time of ordinary symbols is short, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 is long), but others One of them may be provided with a small hit symbol (or a lost symbol) that is defined to set a time-saving gaming state that is the same as the non-time-saving gaming state.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning / failing lottery, it is stipulated that the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol for which the time saving game state is set and that the time saving game state is set are set. The same setting can be made when the result with the loss corresponding to the lost symbol can be derived. For example, in the winning / failing lottery, the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small hit symbol Y3 (or the loss corresponding to the lost symbol Z3), which is determined to set the above-mentioned third time-saving game state, and the above-mentioned fourth time-saving game state. It may be set so that the result of the small hit winning (or the loss corresponding to the lost symbol Z4) corresponding to the small hit symbol Y4 for which it is determined to be set can be derived.

When set as described above, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and in the time-saving game state set without the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, the second start winning opening 16 Since it is possible to increase the variation of the processing for making it easy to keep the player in the open state, it is possible to give more innovative playability and enhance the interest of the player.

(14) The types and numbers of symbols (time-saving symbols, time-saving winning symbols, small hit symbols, lost symbols, etc.) for which the time-saving game state that can be determined by the above-mentioned time-saving grant determination process is set are determined for each game state. May be set differently.
For example, when a predetermined type (for example, 5 types) of symbols (time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol, lost symbol, etc.) for setting the time-saving game state are provided, in the normal game state, Although all types can be determined, one or more types may be determined in the low-probability time-saving game state, and all types can be determined in the low-probability time-saving game state. , Any one or a plurality of types may be set so that it can be determined in the normal gaming state.
Further, for example, although all types can be determined in a specific time-saving game state (for example, the first time-saving game state), any one or a plurality of types can be determined in the other time-saving game state (for example, the third time-saving game state). It may be set so that the type of can be determined.
When set as described above, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the ratio of the time-saving game state to be set and the type of time-saving game state that can be set are changed for each game state. Therefore, it is possible to give more innovative playability and enhance the interest of the player.

(15) When it is set to determine whether or not the time-saving gaming state can be set depending on the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol, the variation pattern is determined according to the determined type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol. You may do so.
Even in this case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and when the time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, a variation effect rich in variation is produced. Can be executed.

(16) When it is set to determine whether or not to set the time saving game state according to the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol, within a predetermined period (for example, from the predetermined start time until the winning / failing lottery is performed 100 times). The time-saving game state is set according to the number of times the small hit symbol is determined to set the time-saving game state and the number of times the lost symbol is determined to set the time-saving game state. You may do so.
For example, when the small hit symbol Y1 (the small hit symbol defined to set the first time reduction game state of 20 times reduction number of times) is determined a predetermined number of times (for example, twice) within the above-mentioned predetermined period. , The time-saving gaming state defined in the small hit symbol Y1 may be set. Further, for example, when the lost symbol Z1 (small hit symbol defined to set the first time-saving game state of 50 times of time-saving number of times) is determined a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times, etc.) within the above-mentioned predetermined period. In addition, the time-saving gaming state defined in the lost symbol Z1 may be set.
Even in such a case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the conditions for setting the time-saving gaming state becomes abundant, so that more innovative game performance can be imparted.

(17) In a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving game state is set based on the type of the small-hit symbol, the small-hit symbol that defines the time-saving game state is set. When the game ball enters the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small hit game based on the decision, and when the game ball does not enter the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small hit game. The number of time reductions in the time reduction game state set after the small hit game may be the same or different from that of the case.
For example, when the small hit symbol Y1 is determined to set the first time reduction game state of 20 times of time reduction, the game ball is in a special area during the small hit game based on the determination of the small hit symbol Y1. After the end of the small hit game and the special game, the first time reduction game state of 20 times is set, and even when the game ball does not enter the special area, the number of time reductions is set after the end of the small hit game. The first time-saving game state of 20 times may be set.
Further, for example, when the above-mentioned small hit symbol Y1 is determined, during the small hit game based on the determination of the small hit symbol Y1, when the game ball enters the special area, after the small hit game and the special game are completed, Even if the first time-saving game state of 20 times of time reduction is set and the first time-saving game state of 5 times of time reduction is set after the end of the small hit game when the game ball does not enter the special area. good.
Even in this case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and different time-saving game states can be set depending on whether or not the game ball is allowed in the special area, and there are abundant variations in playability. Can be.

(18) When setting the time-saving game state when a small hit is won in the winning / failing lottery (when the small hit symbol is determined), the relevant small hit is won (determination of the small hit symbol). Any timing until the end of the small hit game based on the winning of the small hit (for example, at the time of winning the small hit, at the start of the fluctuation of the small hit symbol, at the end of the fluctuation of the small hit symbol, the small based on the small hit symbol The time saving game state may be set at the start of the hit game, during the small hit game, at the end of the small hit game (at the start of the first special symbol change after the end of the small hit game), and the like.
Similarly, when setting the time-saving game state when a loss occurs in the winning / failing lottery (when the loss symbol is determined), it is based on the loss from the time when the loss occurs (the loss symbol is determined). Time is shortened at any timing until the end of the change (for example, when the lottery result of the loss is derived, when the change of the lost symbol starts, when the change of the lost symbol ends (when the change of the next special symbol starts), etc.) The game state may be set.
Even when the settings are made in this way, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the transition to the time-saving gaming state can be increased, and the variation of the game playability can be increased. ..

(19) When it is set to determine whether or not the time saving game state can be set depending on the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol, the number of time reductions in the time saving gaming state corresponds to the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol. A predetermined number of time reductions may be set, or a lottery for determining the number of time reductions may be performed at the time of transition to the time reduction game state, and the number of time reductions determined in the lottery may be set.
Even in this case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the number of time reductions can be determined in abundant variations, and the number of time reductions can be determined according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. It becomes.

(20) When it is set to determine whether or not the time saving game state can be set depending on the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol, the time saving game set according to the determined type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol. The performance of the state (difficulty of keeping the second starting winning opening 16 in the open state) may be different.
For example, when the small hit symbol Y1 (or the lost symbol Z1) is determined, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the normal game state (the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is high). Setting, setting with long fluctuation time of normal symbol, setting of one or more of the setting with long opening time of the second start winning opening 16) time saving game state A is set, and small hit symbol Y3 (or loss) is set. When the symbol Z3) is determined, the time-saving game state B in which the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than the time-saving game state A may be set.
Further, the performance of the set time-saving gaming state may be different depending on the type of the small hit symbol or the lost symbol and the set gaming state.
For example, when the small hit symbol Y1 (or the lost symbol Z1) is determined in the normal game state, the above-mentioned time-saving game state A is set, but the small hit symbol Y1 (or the lost symbol Z1) is set in the time-saving game state. ) Is determined, the above-mentioned time saving game state B may be set.
Even in the above case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the performance of the set time-saving gaming state can be enriched, so that more innovative game playability can be imparted. Become.

(21) When the time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the time-saving game state, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol, the upper limit of the number of time-saving games is set. Without (that is, the number of time reductions is infinite), the time reduction game state may be ended on condition that the jackpot is won, or a lottery for determining the time reduction end symbol stipulated to end the time reduction game state. (Lottery of the time-saving end symbol) may be performed, and the time-saving game state may be terminated on condition that the time-saving end symbol is determined by the lottery. In addition, the time saving game state is terminated on condition that the time saving game state is set and the time saving symbol, the time saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol or the lost symbol is determined, and the time saving game based on the decision is newly made. The state and the number of time reductions may be set (overwritten).
Even in such a case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the end condition of the time-saving gaming state can be enriched, so that more novel game performance can be imparted.

(22) When the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches a predetermined upper limit, it is determined that the time reduction game state cannot be set as the next game state (the non-time reduction game state is forcibly set). In the pachinko machine (hereinafter referred to as the pachinko machine equipped with the time-saving limiter), the time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol, which are defined to set the time-saving gaming state, are stopped and displayed in the normal gaming state. In that case, the above-mentioned continuous time reduction setting number may or may not be updated based on the stop display.
In addition, in the time-saving game state, even when the time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol that is determined to set the time-saving game state is stopped and displayed, the above-mentioned continuation based on the stop display The time reduction setting number may or may not be updated.
In addition, although the time saving game state is set when it is determined during the normal game state, the time saving symbol, the time saving winning symbol, which is determined not to set the time saving game state when it is determined during the time saving game state, Even when the small hit symbol or the lost symbol is stopped and displayed during the time saving game state, the above-mentioned continuous time saving setting number may or may not be updated based on the stop display.
Even in the above case, the same effect as that of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the difficulty level at which the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit can be changed, so that more innovative playability can be imparted. Become.

(23) In a pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter, the performance of the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving game state, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol (23). The number of remaining times until the number of consecutive time reduction settings reaches a predetermined upper limit for the winning probability of the normal symbol, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 and the number of time reductions). It may be different depending on the number of times, or it may be the same regardless of the remaining number of times.
Even in this case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the time-saving gaming state set in the pachinko machine equipped with the time-saving limiter can be enriched, resulting in more innovative game performance. Can be granted.

(24) Pachinko configured so that the time-saving game state is set by the determination of the time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol, which is determined to set the time-saving game state while the fall lottery is performed. When it is determined by the fall lottery that the high-probability gaming state will be terminated and the time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol is determined. As the number of time reductions in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the symbol, the game state before the above-mentioned determination by the fall lottery and the number of time reductions determined according to the determined symbol type are set. Alternatively, the number of time reductions determined according to the game state before the above-mentioned determination by the fall lottery and the type of the determined symbol may be set.
Even in such a case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the number of time reductions set in the time reduction game state can be enriched, so that more innovative game performance can be imparted. Become.

(25) When the look-ahead effect for notifying the result of the winning / failing lottery is being executed, if the time-saving symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol is determined to set the time-saving game state, it is being executed. The look-ahead effect may be continued, or the look-ahead effect may be stopped without continuing.
In addition, when a hold for which a time-saving symbol, a small hit symbol, or a lost symbol is determined to set a time-saving game state is stored, a specific effect for another hold (look-ahead effect, the other) The execution of a predetermined effect, etc., which is executed during the variable effect based on the hold of The specific effect may be continued or may be canceled without continuing.
The same applies to the pachinko machine, which is set to determine whether or not the time-saving game state can be set by the above-mentioned time-saving symbol lottery, and is set to execute the look-ahead effect for notifying the result of the time-saving symbol lottery. May be controlled.
Even in such a case, the same action and effect as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and it is appropriate according to the situation of determining the time-saving symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol, which is determined to set the time-saving gaming state. It is possible to execute various effects.

(26) In a pachinko machine that can set the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot to the high-probability gaming state, the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability gaming state is high. The probability A1 that the probability game state is set and the probability A2 that the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot in the high probability game state is set to the high probability game state are It may be set to have the same value, or it may be set to have different values.
Further, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 may be set to have the same value regardless of the type of special figure random number (first special figure random number, second special figure random number) used in the winning / failing lottery. Alternatively, the values may be set to be different depending on the type of the special figure random number. Further, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 may be set to have the same value regardless of the type of special symbol determined when the jackpot is won, or may be set according to the type of special symbol. It may be set to have different values. Further, the values may be set to be different depending on the type of the special symbol random number used in the winning / losing lottery and the type of the special symbol determined when the jackpot is won.
When set in this way, the probability that the high-probability game state is set from the low-probability game state through the execution of the special game, and the high-probability game state again from the high-probability game state through the execution of the special game. There are a lot of variations in the probability that is set, and the playability that can be provided to the player can also be abundant in variation.

(27) In a pachinko machine capable of ending a high-probability gaming state and setting a low-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, a value of 1 is set as a determination probability B for ending the high-probability gaming state and setting a low-probability gaming state. Only may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
Then, when only one value is set, a fall lottery is always performed according to the value, and when a plurality of values are set, depending on the situation (for example, special after the high probability game state is set). The fall lottery may be performed according to any value (depending on the number of fluctuations of the symbol, the type of the starting winning opening where the game ball has entered, etc.).
Further, the determination probability B has the same value regardless of the set gaming states (high-probability non-time-saving gaming states that combine high-probability time-saving gaming states, high-probability gaming states, and non-time-saving gaming states). It may be set as follows. Further, the determination probability B may be set to have the same value regardless of the type of the special figure random number (first special figure random number, second special figure random number) used in the winning / failing lottery. The value may be set to be different depending on the type of the special figure random number. Further, the determination probability B may be set to have the same value regardless of the type of the special symbol (loss symbol) determined in the case of loss, or differs depending on the type of the special symbol. It may be set to be a value. Further, the values may be set to be different depending on the set game state, the type of the special symbol random number used for the winning / losing lottery, and the type of the special symbol determined in the case of loss.
When set in this way, there are many variations in the probability that the high-probability gaming state will end and the low-probability gaming state will be set, and the gameplay that can be provided to the player will also be rich in variation. can.

(28) A pachinko machine (hereinafter, equipped with a probability change limiter) that is set to forcibly set a low probability game state after the end of a special game when the number of consecutive high probability settings reaches a predetermined upper limit. In the pachinko machine (referred to as a pachinko machine), only one value may be set as the upper limit number of times, or a plurality of values may be set. Then, when only one value is provided, the above-mentioned setting is performed when the number of continuous high-probability settings reaches the value, and when a plurality of values are provided, the number of continuous high-probability settings is determined. The above-mentioned setting may be made when any value corresponding to (for example, according to the number of transitions from the low-probability gaming state to the high-probability gaming state) is reached.
Similarly, in the pachinko machine equipped with the time saving limiter, only one value may be set or a plurality of values may be set as the upper limit number of times. Then, when only one value is provided, the above-mentioned setting is performed when the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the value, and when a plurality of values are provided, the number of continuous time reduction settings depends on the situation. (For example, the above setting may be made when any value is reached (for example, according to the number of transitions from the non-time saving game state to the time saving game state).
When set in this way, there are abundant variations in the number of times of continuous high accuracy setting and the maximum number of times of continuous time reduction setting, and the playability that can be provided to the player can also be enriched in variation.

(29) In the above-described embodiment, the time-saving game state is set when the time-saving game is won by the determination of whether or not the time-saving is given in the winning / failing lottery during the normal game state. The opportunity for setting the game state is not limited to this.
For example, the number of changes in the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result is derived in the winning / losing lottery) is counted, and the gaming state when the count value reaches a predetermined time-saving activation number LN is other than the time-saving gaming state (normal gaming state or In the case of a high-probability non-time-saving game state), a time-saving game state in which the time-saving number of times becomes a specific time-saving number of times TN may be set without going through the winning of a big hit and the execution of a special game.
With this setting, even if the jackpot is not won, the time-saving game state is set when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time-saving activation number LN, so there are variations in which the time-saving game state can be set. It becomes abundant and can enhance the interest of the player.

(30) In the pachinko machine set as in the above-mentioned modified example (29), the above-mentioned count value is (a) at the time of turning on the power (at the time of clearing the RAM), and (b) the number of fluctuations of the special symbol during the normal gaming state. When the number of times of time reduction activation reaches LN, or the number of fluctuations of the special symbol during the normal gaming state reaches the number of times of time reduction activation number LN, after that, a lottery for winning or failing the specific time reduction number of times TN was performed without winning a big hit. Set the time point (when the time saving game state set by reaching the time saving activation count LN ends), (c) when the jackpot is won or when the special game based on the jackpot winning ends, and (d) the time saving game state is set. In the pachinko machine that sets the time-saving game state by determining the time-saving game state, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, and the lost symbol, the set value (e) is provided at the time when the time-saving game state is set. In the pachinko machine, it may be cleared at any one or more of the RAM clearing points performed by changing the set value. That is, the counting of the above-mentioned count values may be started from the time points (a) to (e). It should be noted that the clearing at the time point (c) may be set so as to be always executed.
Further, the above-mentioned count value may be cleared at another time point different from (a) to (e).
Further, the above-mentioned count value may always be counted regardless of the game state in which the set game state is set, or is in a state advantageous to the player (for example, in a high-probability game state, in a short time). It may not be counted in the game state, etc.).
In addition, as for the timing of counting the above-mentioned count value, when a loss occurs in the winning / failing lottery (when a loss symbol is determined), the loss occurs from the time when the loss occurs (the loss symbol is determined). Any timing until the end of the change based on (for example, when the lottery result of the loss is derived, at the start of the change of the lost symbol, at the end of the change of the lost symbol, stop display after the change of the lost symbol ends It may be the time when time has passed (at the start of the next special symbol change), etc., or when the jackpot is won in the winning / failing lottery (when the jackpot symbol is decided), any of the above-mentioned time points Alternatively, it may be the end time of a special game based on the winning of a big hit.
Further, the timing at which the time saving game state is set may be set to be the same as the timing at which the above-mentioned count value is counted.
Further, for example, if the above-mentioned count value is in the normal game state, the change of the special symbol based on the first special figure random number mainly acquired during the normal game state may be counted. However, not only the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number but also the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number may be counted as an object.
When set in this way, there are abundant variations in the timing at which the time-saving game state is set, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

(31) In the pachinko machine set as in the above-described modification (29), the time-saving activation frequency LN is determined in relation to the probability of winning a big hit in the winning / losing lottery, and the gambling is not too high. Value (for example, when the probability of winning a big hit in the winning / losing lottery is 1 / P, P × lower limit coefficient of activation (for example, 2.5 etc.) ≤ number of times of shortened activation LN ≦ P × upper limit coefficient of activation (for example) 3.0 etc.)) may be set. Further, the value may be an appropriate value according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. Further, as the time saving activation number LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
When a set value of multiple stages associated with the setting related to the payout is provided, a different time saving activation number LN may be set for each setting value, or the same time saving activation may be performed regardless of the setting value. The number of times LN (time saving activation number LN determined based on the probability of winning the jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
When set in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling based on the setting of the time-saving gaming state from becoming too high, and it is possible to increase the variation of the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set.

(32) In the pachinko machine set as in the above-described modification (29), the specific time reduction TN is determined in relation to the probability of winning a big hit in the winning / losing lottery, and the gambling is not too high. Value (for example, when the probability of winning a big hit in the winning / losing lottery is 1 / P, P × specific lower limit coefficient (for example, 0.4, etc.) ≤ specific time saving number TN ≦ P × specific upper limit coefficient (for example) 3.8 etc.)) may be obtained. Further, the value may be an appropriate value according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. Further, as the specific time reduction number of times LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
In addition, the number of time reductions in the time saving game state set based on the winning of the jackpot, and the time saving game state set based on the determination of the symbol that determines to set the time saving game state without winning the jackpot. The number of time reductions may also be set to be within the above range.
In addition, when a set value of a plurality of stages associated with the setting related to the payout is provided, a different specific time saving number TN may be set for each set value, and any set value is the same. A specific time saving number TN (a specific time saving number TN determined based on the probability of winning a jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
In addition, the time-saving game state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time-saving activation number LN is based on the determination of the symbol that is determined to win the jackpot or set the time-saving game state. It may be set to end by satisfying the same time saving end condition as the time saving game state set in. For example, the above-mentioned time-saving game state may be set to end when the jackpot is won or the winning / losing lottery is performed TN a specific number of times without winning the jackpot.
Further, as a condition for ending the time saving game state, for example, the total number of fluctuations of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number reaches the specific time saving number TN1. In addition, when a plurality of patterns are provided in which the number of fluctuations of the special symbol based on the second special figure random number reaches the specific time reduction number TN2, both the specific time reduction number TN1 and TN2 are within the above range. Alternatively, only one of the specified time reduction times TN1 or TN2 may belong to the above range.
When set in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling based on the setting of the time-saving game state from becoming too high, and it is possible to increase the variation of the timing at which the set time-saving game state ends.

(33) In the pachinko machine set as in the above-described modification (29), the time-saving gaming state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time-saving activation number LN is the second. A plurality of time-saving gaming states having different processing contents may be provided so that the starting winning opening 16 can be easily maintained in the open state, and one of the time-saving gaming states may be set according to the situation.
Specifically, the first time-saving game state in the above-described embodiment, the third time-saving game state in the above-described modification (13), the fourth time-saving game state, the fifth time-saving game state, and the like are provided, for example, the time-saving activation. Type of jackpot symbol when the last big hit was won before reaching the number LN, time saving activation Type of small hit symbol when the last small hit was won before reaching the number of times LN, time saving activation One of the time saving game states is set according to the type of the big hit symbol, the small hit symbol, the lost symbol, the time saving symbol, and the time saving winning symbol when the time saving game state is set before reaching the number of times LN. You may.
When set in this way, the variation of the time-saving gaming state set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time-saving activation number LN becomes abundant, and the player's interest can be enhanced. ..

(34) In the pachinko machine in which the time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time-saving activation number LN as in the above-mentioned modification (29), the normal gaming state. The time-saving game state is set even based on the determination of the symbol (time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol or lost symbol) that is set to set the time-saving game state in the middle (during the low-probability gaming state). It may be.
Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, the symbol for setting the time-saving game state is not determined during the time-saving game state, and the time-saving game state is set only during the non-time-saving game state. The symbol may be determined, or the symbol specified to set the time-saving game state may be determined even during the time-saving game state.
In addition, when the above-mentioned count value reaches the time-saving activation number LN during the normal gaming state (during the low-probability gaming state), and at the same time, the above-mentioned symbol is determined during the normal gaming state (during the low-probability gaming state) (that is, , When a plurality of time-saving game states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time-saving game states may be set.
In addition, the above-mentioned count value is set to be counted not only during the normal gaming state but also during the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the high-probability time-saving gaming state, and during the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the high-probability time-saving gaming state. When the count value reaches the time saving activation number LN, the time saving game state may be set to be reset. In such a setting, when the time saving game state is reset, the time saving number corresponding to the reset time saving game state (that is, the specific time saving number TN) is set again as the time saving number. Alternatively, the number of time reductions corresponding to the reset time reduction gaming state may be added to the remaining number of time reductions at that time point. Further, when the above-mentioned count value reaches the time-saving activation number LN, the time-saving gaming state based on the arrival may be set after the time-saving gaming state set at that time is completed.
In this case, it is possible to increase the variation of the set time-saving gaming state and enhance the interest of the player.

(35) Even in a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, the time-saving game state is set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time-saving activation number LN, as in the above-mentioned modification (29). It may be done.
Further, the above-mentioned count value may not be cleared based on the winning of a small hit.
Further, in the so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine set as described above, a special game is executed when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, and the result of the winning / failing lottery is a predetermined small hit. When the special game is set to be executed by the game ball entering the special area of the specific large winning opening in the small hit game executed when the player is elected, the above-mentioned modification (31) and ( As the probability P used to determine the time reduction activation number LN and the specific time reduction number TN as in 32), the probability of winning the above-mentioned jackpot and the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hit (during the non-time-saving gaming state) (Probability of winning a small hit in a winning or losing lottery based on a special figure random number mainly acquired), or using either the above-mentioned probability of winning a big hit and the above-mentioned combined probability of winning a predetermined small hit May be good.
Further, in the so-called one-kind-two-kind mixed pachinko machine set as described above, no big hit is provided as a result of the winning / failing lottery, and when the winning / failing lottery result is a predetermined small hit. When the special game is set to be executed only when the game ball enters the special area of the specific large winning opening in the small hit game to be executed, as in the above-mentioned modified examples (31) and (32). The probability P used to determine the time reduction activation number LN and the specific time reduction number TN is the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hit (in the winning / failing lottery based on the special figure random number mainly acquired during the non-time saving game state). Either the probability of winning a small hit) or the probability of winning a predetermined small hit and the game ball entering the special area (the probability that a special game will be executed via the winning of a predetermined small hit). You may use it.
Further, when a small hit is won, the time reduction activation number LN may or may not be updated according to the type of the small hit symbol determined based on the winning. ..
Further, in a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, a time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time-saving activation number LN, and the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state) is set. If the time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the time-saving game state, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol, or the lost symbol, which is specified in (middle), the above-mentioned count value will be calculated. When the above-mentioned symbol is determined at the same time when the time-saving activation count LN is reached (that is, when the setting conditions for a plurality of time-saving gaming states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time-saving gaming states is set. May be good.
Further, in a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving game state is set based on the count value of the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times the special symbol changes. When the game ball enters the special area during the small hit game based on the small hit, the small hit is won and the predetermined small hit symbol is determined by the winning / failing lottery when the number of times of shortened activation reaches LN. After the end of, the gaming state (for example, the time saving activation number LN) specified in the predetermined small hit symbol is reached without setting the time saving gaming state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time saving activation number LN. To set a time-saving game state different from the time-saving game state based on the above (time-saving game state in which the difficulty level at which the second start winning opening 16 is maintained in the open state, time-saving game state in which the set number of time reductions is different, etc.) It may be.
Further, in a so-called 1-type / 2-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving game state is set based on the count value of the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times the special symbol changes. When the game ball does not enter the special area during the small hit game based on the small hit, although the small hit is won and the predetermined small hit symbol is determined by the winning / failing lottery when the number of times of shortened activation reaches LN. , After the end of the small hit game, the time saving game state may be set based on the number of times the special symbol fluctuates reaches the time saving activation number LN. If the above-mentioned time-saving game state is set during the small hit game, the process of ending the set time-saving game state when the game ball enters the special area and the special game is executed during the small hit game. However, when the above settings are made, it is possible to prevent complicated processing such as ending the set time-saving gaming state.
In the above case, it is possible to increase the variation of the time-saving gaming state set in the pachinko machine in which one type and two types are mixed, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

(36) Further, in the pachinko machine, the time-saving game state (that is, the jackpot winning) set after the end of the special game is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol that the time-saving game state is set as the time-saving game state. And the time-saving game state set through the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the first time-saving), the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / losing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time-saving activation number LN. The time-saving game state set by the above (that is, the time-saving game state set without the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the second time-saving), and the time-saving game state are set. Set based on the determination of the specified symbols (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol that is specified to set the time-saving game state, lost symbol that is specified to set the time-saving game state, etc.) All of the time-saving game states (that is, the time-saving game states set without the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the third time-saving) may be provided.
By doing so, the variation of the set time-saving game state becomes abundant, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.

(37) Further, in the above-mentioned first time reduction, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol is higher than that in the normal game state (non-time reduction game state), the setting that the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shorter, and , The opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be long. Further, in the above-mentioned second time reduction, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol is the same as the normal game state (non-time reduction game state), and the normal game state (non-time reduction game state) is more normal. The fluctuation time of the symbol may be set to be short, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be long. Further, even in the above-mentioned third time reduction, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol is the same as the normal game state (non-time reduction game state), and the normal game state (non-time reduction game state) is more normal. The fluctuation time of the symbol may be set to be short, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be long.
In addition, only in the first time reduction of the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol is set to be higher than in the normal game state (non-time reduction game state). You may.
By doing so, it is possible to change the advantage of various time-saving gaming states, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

(38) In addition, when the pachinko machine is equipped with the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction, when the jackpot symbol that stipulates that the time reduction game state is set during the first time reduction is determined, (38) 1a) A control may be adopted in which the first time reduction is completed and the first time reduction is newly set after the end of the special game. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time saving activation number LN during the first time saving, (2a) the first time saving is ended and the second time saving is newly completed. Set the time reduction, (2b) Continue the first time reduction, (2c) End the first time reduction when the number of time reductions when the second time reduction is set is larger than the remaining number of time reductions in the first time reduction. , The control of any one of (2a) to (2c) of newly setting the second time reduction may be adopted. In addition, a symbol specified to set the time saving game state during the first time saving (the above-mentioned time saving symbol, a time saving winning symbol, a small hit symbol specified to set the time saving game state, and a time saving game state are set. When (3a) the first time reduction is terminated and the third time reduction is newly set, (3b) the first time reduction is continued, and (3c) the third time reduction is determined. Of (3a) to (3c), when the number of time reductions when is set is larger than the number of time reductions remaining in the first time reduction, the first time reduction is terminated and the third time reduction is newly set. Either control may be adopted.

In addition, when the jackpot symbol for setting the time saving game state is determined during the second time saving, (4a) the second time saving is ended, and the first time saving is newly set after the special game is completed. You may adopt the control. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the second time reduction, (5a) the second time reduction is completed and the second time reduction is newly performed. One of the controls (5a) to (5b) of setting the time reduction and continuing the second time reduction (5b) may be adopted. In addition, a symbol specified to set the time saving game state during the second time saving (the above-mentioned time saving symbol, a time saving winning symbol, a small hit symbol specified to set the time saving game state, and a time saving game state are set. (6a) End the 2nd time reduction and set a new 3rd time reduction, (6b) Continue the 2nd time reduction, (6c) 3rd time reduction Of (6a) to (6c), when the number of time reductions when is set is larger than the number of time reductions remaining in the second time reduction, the second time reduction is terminated and the third time reduction is newly set. Either control may be adopted.

In addition, when the jackpot symbol for setting the time saving game state is determined during the third time saving, (7a) the third time saving is ended, and the first time saving is newly set after the special game is completed. You may adopt the control. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the third time reduction, (8a) the third time reduction is completed and the second time reduction is newly performed. Set the time reduction, (8b) continue the third time reduction, (8c) end the third time reduction when the number of time reductions when the second time reduction is set is larger than the remaining number of time reductions in the third time reduction. , The control of any one of (8a) to (8c) of newly setting the second time reduction may be adopted. In addition, a symbol specified to set the time saving game state during the third time saving (the above-mentioned time saving symbol, a time saving winning symbol, a small hit symbol specified to set the time saving game state, and a time saving game state are set. (9a) End the 3rd time reduction and set a new 3rd time reduction, (9b) Continue the 3rd time reduction, (9c) 3rd time reduction Of (9a) to (9c), when the number of time reductions when is set is larger than the number of time reductions remaining in the third time reduction, the third time reduction is terminated and the third time reduction is newly set. Either control may be adopted.

As the control when various decisions are made in the above-mentioned first time reduction, second time reduction, and third time reduction, an appropriate combination may be applied based on the above contents.
For example, the following control can be used.
In the normal game state (low-probability game state, non-time-saving game state), when the jackpot symbol for setting the time-saving game state is determined, the first time reduction is set after the end of the special game, and the special symbol is set. When the number of fluctuations (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time saving activation number LN, the second time saving is set and the time saving game state is set. When a symbol, a time-saving winning symbol, a small hit symbol that specifies that the time-saving game state is set, a lost symbol that defines that the time-saving game state is set, etc.) are determined, the third time reduction is set.
During the first time reduction, when the jackpot symbol for setting the time reduction game state is determined, the first time reduction is finished, the first time reduction is newly set after the end of the special game, and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is set. When (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time reduction activation number LN, it is stipulated that the first time reduction is continued without setting the second time reduction and the time reduction game state is set. When the symbols (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol for setting the time-saving game state, lost symbol for setting the time-saving game state, etc.) are determined, the third time-saving symbol is determined. Continue the first time reduction without setting.
During the second time reduction, when the jackpot symbol for setting the time reduction game state is determined, the second time reduction is ended, the first time reduction is newly set after the end of the special game, and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is set. When (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time saving activation number LN, the second time saving set at the present time is continued without setting a new second time saving, and the time saving game state. (The above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol for setting the time-saving game state, lost symbol for setting the time-saving game state, etc.) When it is decided, the second time reduction is continued without setting the third time reduction.
During the third time reduction, when the jackpot symbol for setting the time reduction game state is determined, the third time reduction is ended, the first time reduction is newly set after the end of the special game, and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is set. When (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN, it is stipulated that the third time reduction is ended, the second time reduction is newly set, and the time reduction game state is set. When the symbols (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol for setting the time-saving game state, lost symbol for setting the time-saving game state, etc.) are determined, a new number is determined. The 3rd time reduction set at the present time is continued without setting the 3rd time reduction.
In the high-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability non-time-saving game state (that is, in the high-probability non-time-saving game state), when the jackpot symbol that defines the time-saving game state is determined, after the end of the special game When the first time reduction is set and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time reduction activation number LN, the second time reduction is not set and the time reduction game state is set. The symbols to the effect (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol to set the time-saving game state, lost symbol to set the time-saving game state, etc.) have been decided. Occasionally, the third time reduction is not set.
By doing the above, since there are abundant variations in the setting of the time-saving game state, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

As described in (31) above, when the pachinko machine is provided with the second time reduction and the setting value associated with the setting related to the payout is provided, the same time reduction is provided regardless of the setting value. The number of activations LN may be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the advantage between the set values is excessively changed due to the setting of the second time reduction.
Further, it is set so that the main control board 100 can count the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) for determining whether or not the time saving activation number LN has been reached. Counting is always performed during the low-probability gaming state (low-probability non-time-saving gaming state, low-probability time-saving gaming state), and not during the high-probability gaming state (high-probability non-time-saving gaming state, high-probability time-saving gaming state). You may do so. That is, in the low-probability gaming state, the above-mentioned counting may always be performed regardless of whether or not the time-saving gaming state is set.
By doing so, the second time reduction can be reliably set only during the low-probability gaming state.

In addition, as the end condition of the second time reduction, (10a) that the jackpot has been won is set, and (10b) the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the second start winning. The total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 16 reaches the number of time reductions, and (10c) the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches the specified number of times. , (10d) One or a plurality of (10a) to (10c) that the number of winnings of the small hit reaches a predetermined number of times may be set.
For example, the following contents can be set as the end conditions for the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine, the jackpot symbol XA1 (in the variable effect, the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol, and the third stop symbol are all " 7 ”) and the jackpot symbol XA2 (in the variable effect, the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol, and the third stop symbol are all other than“ 7 ”), and the time-saving game is provided. The time-saving symbol JD1 (in the variable effect, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are the same odd-numbered symbols other than "7", and the third stop symbol is "7") is defined to set the state. The time saving game state is set when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches a predetermined time saving activation number LN (for example, 1000 times), and in the winning / losing lottery It is assumed that it is possible to win a small hit.
In this pachinko machine, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol XA1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 is set. The game ends when the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the ball and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches 100 times (the number of time reductions), and the game to the second start winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the ball reaches 10 times (specified number of times), and ends when the number of winning small hits reaches 2 times (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol XA2 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15. It ends when the total number of fluctuations based on the number of fluctuations and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches 50 times (the number of time reductions), and the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations based on the ball reaches 4 times (specified number of times), and ends when the number of winning small hits reaches 1 time (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the second time reduction set when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time reduction activation number LN is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot. At the same time, the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reached 600 times (time reduction). It ends when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches 50 times (specified number of times), and the number of small hits won becomes 10 times (predetermined number of times). It can be set to end when it reaches.
In addition, the third time reduction set by determining the time reduction symbol JD1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. And, it ends when the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches 60 times (the number of time reductions), and is based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations reaches 8 (specified number of times), and ends when the number of winning small hits reaches 3 times (predetermined number of times).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variation of the end of the time-saving gaming state, and to provide various game characteristics.

In addition, when the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol is set to be the same as the normal game state (non-time reduction game state) for the second time reduction, the second start winning opening 16 is opened during the second time reduction. In order to make it easy to maintain the state, it is necessary to set the probability of the above-mentioned hit in the normal gaming state to some extent high. In this case, the movable piece 16b has a structure that allows it to be retracted with respect to the game board 11, and when the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the movable piece 16b guides the game ball to the second starting winning opening 16. Then, the ball can be entered into the second start winning opening 16, while the game ball is not guided to the second starting winning opening 16 when the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11. By configuring the ball so that it does not enter the starting winning opening 16 and setting the protrusion time (opening time) of the movable piece 16b to be shorter during the normal game state than during the second time reduction, the movable piece 16b is set to be shorter during the normal game state. In the case of winning in the lottery of ordinary symbols, the rate of entering the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 may be lower than in the case of winning in the lottery of ordinary symbols during the second time reduction. can.

Further, the second time reduction may be set only once between the time when the big hit is won and the time when the next big hit is won. Specifically, after the jackpot is won (the end of the special game), the second time reduction is set when the number of changes in the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time reduction activation number LN. After that, even if the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the time saving activation number LN again without winning the jackpot, the second time saving may not be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent the time-saving game state from being set excessively and the gambling property from becoming too high.

Further, as described above, the main control board 100 is used to determine whether or not the time-saving activation count LN has been reached during the low-probability gaming state (low-probability non-time-saving gaming state, low-probability time-saving gaming state). The number of changes in the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / losing lottery is derived) is counted, but after the jackpot is won (the end of the special game), the number of times the special symbol changes (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) is shortened. After the second time reduction is set by reaching the activation count LN, the above-mentioned counting may be stopped.
By doing so, the processing load of the main control board 100 can be reduced.

In addition, the symbols stipulated to set the time-saving game state during the first inning or the second inning (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol stipulating to set the time-saving game state, and the time-saving). Even if the first or second time reduction is set to continue without setting the third time reduction when the lost symbol, etc. that defines the game state is determined) is determined. , Set the time saving game state based on the winning / failing lottery of the last round of the first time saving or the second time saving (the winning / losing lottery immediately before the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the number of times shortened). The symbols to the effect (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol to set the time-saving game state, lost symbol to set the time-saving game state, etc.) have been decided. Occasionally, the third time reduction may be set.
By doing so, it is possible to enhance the continuity of the time-saving gaming state, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.
In addition, in the case of setting as described above, the winning / failing lottery immediately before the number of changes in the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the number of winning / failing in the final round of the first time saving or the second time saving. ) Stipulates that the time-saving game state should be set (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, the time-saving winning symbol, the small hit symbol that defines the time-saving game state, and the time-saving game state should be set. When the lost symbol, etc.) is determined, the non-time reduction game state is set by ending the first time reduction or the second time reduction with the end of the change of the special symbol in the final round, and the non-time reduction game state is set. After that, the stop display of the symbol for which the above-mentioned time saving game state is set may be performed, and the third time saving may be set after the stop display is performed. In addition, along with the setting of the non-time-saving gaming state described above, the transmission of the external signal (time-saving signal) transmitted to the outside of the pachinko machine in the time-saving gaming state to indicate that the pachinko machine is in the time-saving gaming state is terminated, and the third described above is completed. The external signal may be transmitted again according to the time reduction setting.
By doing so, it is possible to reliably execute the end of the time-saving game state and control of the new setting, and it is possible to reliably notify the outside of the pachinko machine of the change of the time-saving game state.

In addition, if a small hit is won by the winning or losing lottery when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning or losing lottery is derived) reaches a predetermined time saving activation number LN, the small hit is based on the winning of the small hit. It may be set so that both the winning game and the setting of the second time reduction due to the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaching the time reduction activation number LN are executed.
In addition, when set in this way, the second time reduction is (a) from the start of the small hit game to the start of the small hit game from the winning of the small hit to the start of the small hit symbol. Until, (c) after the end of the small hit game, it may be set at any timing in.
By doing so, when the winning of the small hit and the establishment of the condition for setting the second time reduction overlap, there are abundant variations in the timing at which the second time reduction is set, so that there is a lot of variation. However, it is possible to give playability.

In addition, when the second time reduction and the third time reduction are installed, the advantage may be set to be the same in both the second time reduction and the third time reduction (that is, a winning in a lottery of ordinary symbols). The probability of becoming, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may all be the same), and the advantages may be set differently (lottery of the normal symbol). Any one or more of the probability of winning, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the second starting winning opening 16 may be set differently). For example, the second time reduction may be set to have a higher advantage than the third time reduction (a setting in which the probability of winning in a lottery of ordinary symbols is high, a setting in which the fluctuation time of ordinary symbols is shortened, and a second setting. Any one or more of the settings that increase the opening time of the start winning opening 16 may be performed).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variation of the advantages of the second time reduction and the third time reduction, and to enhance the interest of the player.
In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the predetermined time-saving activation number LN, and the time-saving gaming state is set (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving). When the winning symbol, the small hit symbol that specifies to set the time-saving game state, the lost symbol that determines to set the time-saving game state, etc.) are determined, the second time reduction is given priority over the third time reduction. You may set it.
By doing so, even when the conditions for setting the second time reduction and the third time reduction overlap, the second time reduction can be surely set.

(39) Regarding the 1st time reduction, the 2nd time reduction, and the 3rd time reduction, the change of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the 1st start winning opening 15 and the change of the game ball into the 2nd start winning opening 16. The special symbol is changed at the same time based on the entry of the ball (that is, the hold based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the hold based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16). Is stored, it is also installed in a pachinko machine (hereinafter, also referred to as a simultaneous turning machine) set to process both holds at the same time, so-called simultaneous turning control), and the above-mentioned (1) to (1) to ( You may make the setting as in 38).
Then, when the simultaneous turning machine is equipped with the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction, based on the entry of the game ball into either the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16. Symbols that are defined to set the time-saving game state (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol, small hit symbol that is specified to set the time-saving game state, and lost symbol that is specified to set the time-saving game state Etc.) are determined, and during the change of the special symbol based on the decision, the number of changes of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) is predetermined based on the entry of the game ball into one of the other. When the time reduction activation number LN is reached, the number of changes in the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into one of the above-mentioned ones during the change of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into one of the above ( The second time reduction is set when the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the time reduction activation number LN, and after the second time reduction is set, it is determined based on the entry of the game ball into any one of the above. Although the stop display of the symbol for which the time saving game state is set is displayed, the third time saving may be controlled so as not to be set.
In addition, a symbol stipulating that the time-saving game state is set based on the entry of the game ball into either the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16 (the above-mentioned time-saving symbol, time-saving winning symbol). , A small hit symbol that is set to set the time-saving game state, a lost symbol that is set to set the time-saving game state, etc.) is decided, and during the change of the special symbol based on the decision, to either one When the jackpot symbol is determined based on the entry of the game ball (winning the jackpot), during the change of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into one of the above, to one of the above The first time reduction is set because the jackpot symbol is determined based on the entry of the game ball, and after the setting of the first time reduction, the time reduction game determined based on the entry of the game ball into any one of the above. Although the stop display of the symbol for which the state is set is displayed, it may be controlled so that the third time reduction is not set.
By doing so, even if the conditions for setting the first time reduction or the second time reduction are satisfied in the simultaneous turning machine and the conditions for setting the third time reduction are satisfied in duplicate, even if the conditions are satisfied. The first time reduction or the second time reduction can be surely set.

(40) Further, when the time saving game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol which is determined to set the time saving game state (that is, when the first time saving is set). , During the fluctuation of the jackpot symbol (during the execution of the variation effect based on the determination of the jackpot symbol) and during the execution of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol, during a predetermined period (for example, the most On the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, a period shorter than a long fluctuation time, a period shorter than the time from the start to the end of the special game when the number of round games is the smallest (for example, 10 seconds, etc.), etc. A display is performed in a predetermined area (for example, the entire area of the display unit 21a, etc.) to instruct the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed). Even if the mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b is continuously displayed in an area smaller than the area of (for example, the area in the upper right corner or the area in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a). good.
By doing so, it is possible to make the player recognize that the time saving game state is set after the variation effect and the special game are completed, and after the variation effect and the special game are completed, the player is directed to the second game area 12b. It is possible to make an impression that all the game balls will be launched.

In addition, when the time saving game state is set (that is, when the second time saving is set) when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the time saving activation number LN. During the fluctuation of the special symbol at the time when the time reduction activation number LN is reached (during the execution of the fluctuation effect), a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period (for example, a period shorter than the shortest fluctuation time, etc.) (for example, 2 seconds) Etc.)), launching a game ball toward the second game area 12b in a specific area (for example, an area about half the size of the display unit 21a) in the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (so-called right-handed strike). ) Is displayed, and after a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period elapses, a region smaller than the above-mentioned specific area (for example, an area in the upper right corner or an area in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a) is used. 2 The mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the game area 12b may be continuously displayed.
By doing so, it is possible to make the player recognize that the time-saving gaming state is set after that during the variation effect at the time when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time-saving activation number LN, and the above-mentioned Even if a short fluctuation time is determined as the fluctuation time at the time point, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b after the variation effect is completed without giving the player a sense of discomfort. You can impress.
The above-mentioned predetermined region and the above-mentioned specific region may be the same region or different regions. Further, the above-mentioned specific region may be a part of the above-mentioned predetermined region. Further, an area in which a mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b is displayed when the first time reduction is set, and a second game area 12b when the second time reduction is set. The areas in which the marks suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the ball are displayed may be the same area, different areas, or areas having different sizes from each other. Further, one region may be a part of the other region.

In addition, a jackpot symbol that wins a jackpot by the winning / failing lottery when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the time saving activation number LN, and does not set the time saving game state If it is decided, the second time reduction may be set after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot.
By doing so, there are many opportunities to set the time-saving game state, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.
In addition, the jackpot is won by the winning / failing lottery when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times the lottery result of the winning / failing lottery is derived) reaches the time-saving activation number LN, and the high-probability gaming state and the time-saving gaming state (high-probability time-saving gaming state). ) Is determined, and after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot is completed, the high-probability game state and the time reduction based on the jackpot symbol are not set without setting the second time reduction. The gaming state (high-probability time-saving gaming state) may be set.
By doing so, after the end of the special game, a game state having a higher advantage for the player is set, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.

(41) In the above-described embodiment, after the above-mentioned continuous jackpot count condition (the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times) is satisfied, the determination rate of the fluctuation time longer than that before the continuous jackpot count condition is satisfied is determined. By increasing the number, the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot wins per unit time) was reduced, but in order to reduce the number of special games executed per unit time. The control method by the main CPU 101 is not limited to this. Hereinafter, a specific example will be described.
As described above, the continuous jackpot is a continuous jackpot without shifting to the normal gaming state after winning the jackpot in the normal gaming state and shifting to at least one of the time-saving gaming state and the high-probability gaming state. It shall be the winning jackpot.

(Specific example 1)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, three times, etc.), in the fluctuations executed after that, (A) the fluctuation time of the fluctuation of the special symbol executed before this It may be set so that the determination rate of a long fluctuation time is high. Further, in the special game executed after this, (B) an opening time longer than the opening time in the special game executed before this may be set, or (C) executed before this. The ending time may be set longer than the ending time in the special game that has been played, or (D) the interval time may be set longer than the interval time in the special game that was executed before this. Alternatively, (E) an opening time longer than the opening time of the large winning opening 18 in the special game executed before this may be set.

(Specific example 2)
For example, when the total number of rounds executed during a continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times), in the fluctuations and special games executed thereafter, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) It may be set as follows.
(Specific example 3)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3 times) and the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times), the game is executed thereafter. The fluctuations and special games may be set as described in (A) to (E) above.

(Specific example 4)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, three times, etc.) and the predetermined number of hits is reached or after the predetermined number of hits is reached, the jackpot symbol determined is a specific symbol (during a special game). When the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) and the set jackpot symbol, etc.), in the fluctuation related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuation executed after that, In the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 5)
For example, in a continuous jackpot, the total number of rounds executed reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times, etc.), and the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is a specific symbol (during a special game). When the number of rounds executed in is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) set jackpot symbols, etc.), in the fluctuation related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuation executed after that, , In the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 6)
For example, if the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game to the winning of the next jackpot is less than or equal to a specific number of times (for example, 10 times) during a continuous jackpot, the fluctuation related to the winning of the jackpot or this In the variation executed thereafter, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 7)
For example, it is determined when the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game to winning the next jackpot during a continuous jackpot is less than or equal to a specific number of times (for example, 10 times) and the next jackpot is won. If the jackpot symbol is a specific symbol (a jackpot symbol with a relatively large number of rounds executed during a special game (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.)), the jackpot is won. In the fluctuation and the fluctuation executed after that, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 8)
For example, when the total number of prize balls paid out during a continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), in the fluctuations and special games executed thereafter, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) ) May be set.
(Specific example 9)
For example, the total number of prize balls paid out during a continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), and the jackpot symbol determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is a specific symbol (during a special game). When the number of rounds executed in is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) set jackpot symbols, etc.), in the fluctuation related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuation executed after that, , In the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 10)
For example, when the difference between the number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot and the number of launched balls reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500 pieces, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games to be executed thereafter, the above-mentioned It may be set as (A) to (E).
(Specific Example 11)
For example, the difference between the number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot and the number of launched balls reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500), and the jackpot symbol determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is specified. If the number of symbols (such as a jackpot symbol set with a relatively large number of rounds executed during a special game (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.)), the change related to the winning of the jackpot or the subsequent execution In the fluctuations to be made, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed thereafter, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific Example 12)
For example, the fluctuation pattern determined at the time of winning a predetermined jackpot during the continuous jackpot was a specific fluctuation pattern (for example, a fluctuation pattern in which a relatively short fluctuation time (3 seconds, 6 seconds, etc.) is set). In the case, in the fluctuation executed after that, it may be set as in (A) above, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game executed after that, the above-mentioned It may be set as (B) to (E).
(Specific Example 13)
For example, when the first special figure random number or the second special figure random number is stored, the first special figure random number or the second special figure random number or the second special figure random number is stored before the fluctuation starts based on the first special figure random number or the second special figure random number. It is set so that the pre-judgment process for performing various judgments (judgment as to whether or not a big hit is won, judgment of the type of special symbol to be determined, etc.) regarding the winning / losing lottery and the determination of the special symbol is executed for the figure random number. In the continuous jackpot, when the judgment result by the pre-judgment process has a predetermined content (for example, the hold stored at the end of the special game includes the one that wins the jackpot). In the variation or special game executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific Example 14)
For example, when the total elapsed time during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 15 minutes, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games executed after that, as described in (A) to (E) above. It may be set.
(Specific Example 15)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times) and the total elapsed time during the continuous jackpot is less than or equal to the predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes), the game is executed thereafter. In the fluctuations and special games, the settings may be set as described in (A) to (E) above.

(Specific Example 16)
For example, when the total execution time of the special game during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games executed after that, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) It may be set as follows.
(Specific example 17)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times) and the total execution time of special games during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes), after that. In the variation to be executed or the special game, it may be set as described in (A) to (E) above.

Even in the case of setting as described above, the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot winnings per unit time) can be reduced as in the above-described embodiment. As a result, a large number of special games are executed intensively in a short period of time, and the number of prize balls acquired by the player increases sharply. It can be prevented appropriately.

Further, the various conditions in Specific Examples 1 to 17 described above can be set in combination with each other as long as there is no contradiction. Further, regarding the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E) when various conditions are satisfied, only one of them may be set, or a plurality of settings may be set.

Further, the main control board 100 is provided with a counter (consisting of a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103) for counting the number of continuous jackpots, and the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number based on the count value of the counter. It may be determined whether or not. Then, when various conditions in the above-mentioned specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, any one or a plurality of the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E) may be set.
Further, since the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 during the high-probability time-saving game state, the continuous jackpot is mainly the jackpot won based on the second special figure random number. Therefore, the above-mentioned counter counts the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special figure random number, and resets the count value of the counter when the jackpot is won based on the first special figure random number. When the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special figure random number reaches a predetermined number, it is determined that the condition regarding the number of consecutive jackpots in the above-mentioned specific examples 1 to 17 is satisfied. You may try to do so. That is, when a big hit is won based on the first special figure random number, it is treated as if the continuous big hit is interrupted, and if the big hit is not continuously won based on the second special figure random number, the above-mentioned specific examples 1 to 1 It may be set so as not satisfying the condition regarding the number of consecutive jackpots in 17.
When the jackpot is won based on the second special figure random number, it is decided to execute a special game in which the number of game balls that can be obtained is relatively larger than when the jackpot is won based on the first special figure random number. It is easy to get rid of it, and there is a high possibility that the number of prize balls won by the player in a short period of time will increase sharply. In the case of setting as described above, since only the jackpot based on the second special figure random number is subject to the condition regarding the number of consecutive jackpots, the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E) are excessively performed. The situation can be prevented.

Further, when the various conditions in Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, at least one of (A) regarding the variable time and (B) to (E) regarding the various times during the special game is set in combination. Occasionally, after the various conditions are met, the fluctuation time and the various times during the special game are both longer than before the various conditions are met, but the rate of change of the fluctuation time is longer than the change rate of the various times during the special game. May be set to be larger.
For example, when the conditions in Specific Example 1 are satisfied and (A) and (B) are set in combination, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation of the special symbol is 3 seconds before the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number. And 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number of times, the fluctuation time of the special symbol is 13 seconds or 15 seconds (2.5 to 5 times the fluctuation time before reaching the predetermined number of times). (Change) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number, the opening time during the special game is 10 seconds, and after the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number, it is special. The opening time during the game may be set to 15 seconds (changes to 1.5 times the opening time before reaching a predetermined number of times).

Further, when the various conditions in Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, when (A) regarding the fluctuation time is set, after the various conditions are satisfied, the fluctuation pattern becomes a reachless fluctuation pattern than before the various conditions are satisfied. Although both the fluctuation time and the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern are longer, the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern is larger than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern. It may be set to be large, or it may be set so that the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that is the reach fluctuation pattern is larger than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that is the reach fluctuation pattern. ..
For example, when (A) is set when the condition in Specific Example 2 is satisfied, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reachless fluctuation pattern is 3 before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number. Seconds and 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes a reachless fluctuation pattern is 13 seconds or 15 seconds (before reaching the predetermined number). (Changes from 2.5 times to 5 times the fluctuation time of) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the time, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, 180 seconds or 240 seconds (to a predetermined number) as the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern. It may be set so that it is easy to determine (changes to 6 to 12 times the fluctuation time before reaching).
Further, when (A) is set when the condition in the specific example 8 is satisfied, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reachless fluctuation pattern before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number. 3 seconds or 6 seconds is easy to determine, and after the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes a reachless fluctuation pattern is 13 seconds or 15 seconds (predetermined). (Changes to 2.5 to 5 times the fluctuation time before reaching the number) is set so that it is easy to determine, and the reach fluctuates before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches the predetermined number. It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the pattern, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern is 40 seconds or 40 seconds. It may be set so that 45 seconds (changes from about 1.3 times to 2.25 times the fluctuation time before reaching a predetermined number) can be easily determined.
Further, when the various conditions in Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, at least one of (B) to (E) regarding various times during the special game is set without setting (A) regarding the fluctuation time. By doing so, after satisfying various conditions, the fluctuation time does not change, but the execution time of the special game (opening time, ending time, interval time, opening time of the big winning opening 18) may be lengthened. .. Further, in this case, for example, the opening time after satisfying various conditions is larger than the other times (ending time, interval time, opening time of the grand prize opening 18) after satisfying the conditions. It may be set to be longer, or the rate of change of the opening time before and after various conditions may be set to be larger than the rate of change of other times.

Further, when the various conditions in the above-mentioned specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, other settings may be made instead of the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E). For example, when various conditions are satisfied, the determination rate of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the fluctuation of the normal symbol (F) executed before this becomes higher in the normal map game executed after that. (G) The opening time may be set to be shorter than the opening time of the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 before this.
Further, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, after the end of the special game after that, (H) the number of time reductions set after the end of the special game before this is set to be less than the number of time reductions. You may.
By setting in this way, the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is reduced, and the chance of winning or losing lottery is also reduced. Therefore, the number of special games executed per unit time (per unit time). The number of big hits won) can be reduced.

Further, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, in the special game to be executed thereafter, (I) a mode in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than during the previous special game (for example, 0.5 seconds). The large winning opening 18 may be set to open and close in a manner in which opening and closing for 1.0 second are repeated a predetermined number of times.
When set in this way, the number of prize balls that can be obtained during the special game is reduced, and the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even when a large number of special games are executed intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls acquired by the player can be suppressed, resulting in extremely high gambling. It is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of such a situation.

Further, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, the second special figure is stored when both the (J) first special figure random number and the second special figure random number are stored in the subsequent fluctuation of the special symbol. The first special figure random number may be set to be processed in preference to the random number.
When set in this way, it is decided to execute a special game with a smaller number of rounds when the jackpot is won based on the first special figure random number than when the jackpot is won based on the second special figure random number. Since the ratio is high, the expected value of the number of prize balls that can be obtained during the special game is reduced, and the expected value of the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even when a large number of special games are executed intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls acquired by the player can be suppressed, resulting in extremely high gambling. It is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of such a situation.

Further, regarding the settings of (F) to (J), as in the case of (A) to (E), only one of them may be set, or a plurality of settings may be set. Further, it may be set in combination with at least one of (A) to (E).
Further, in the settings of (A) to (G), when the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the various times are lengthened, but the predetermined time is lengthened. , Other times may be set to be shorter. For example, when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the determination rate of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the fluctuation of the special symbol executed before this is set to be higher ((A)). (Setting of (C)), the ending time may be set shorter than the ending time of the special game executed before this (setting of (C)).
In this case, after satisfying the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17, the time from the start of the fluctuation to the end of the special game becomes too long, and the profit of the player is extremely hindered. It is possible to prevent such a situation.

Further, when the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, (A) to (E) are set, and when the various times are lengthened, a specific effect is executed within the long period. It may be set so that the frequency is high.
For example, when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the determination rate of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the fluctuation of the special symbol that has been executed before this is set to be higher (setting of (A)). ), When a long fluctuation time is determined, a suggestion effect (specific effect) indicating the degree of expectation of winning a jackpot in the variation may be set to be executed frequently. Further, it may be set so that the execution frequency of the special effect (specific effect) indicating the content irrelevant to the result of the winning / failing lottery is high.

Further, when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, an opening time longer than the opening time in the special game executed before this is set (setting of (B)), or when the opening time is set (setting of (B)). When the ending time longer than the ending time in the special game that was executed before this is set (setting of (C)), it is stored at that time before the opening time and the ending time elapse. It may be set so that the pre-reading effect (specific effect) that suggests that some of the pending holds can be determined to be a big hit is executed more frequently.
The degree of change in the execution frequency of a specific effect is not particularly limited. For example, although a specific effect has not been executed before the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied, a specific effect may be set to be executed after the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied. Before the various conditions were met, a specific effect was executed at a predetermined execution rate, but after the above-mentioned various conditions were satisfied, a specific effect was executed at a rate higher than the above-mentioned predetermined execution rate. May be set to be executed.
In this case, as described above, while appropriately preventing the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling becomes extremely high, the player's interest is reduced due to the lengthening of various times. Can be prevented.

In addition, when one or more of (A) to (J) are set when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, when the predetermined end condition is satisfied, the said The setting may be canceled (that is, the setting may be returned to the setting before the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied).
It should be noted that the predetermined end conditions include, for example, that the variation is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, 30 times) by the setting made after satisfying the above-mentioned various conditions, and that the row is performed after the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied. Due to the set settings, it was determined that a predetermined number of special games (for example, 3 times) were played (a predetermined number of times were won for a jackpot) and that continuous jackpots were interrupted (for example, a normal game after the end of the special game). It is possible to set that the jackpot symbol for which the state is to be set has been determined, that the normal game state has been set, that the normal game state has been set and then changed a predetermined number of times, etc.). ..
In this case, the setting for preventing the situation where the gambling becomes high continues for a long time, and it is possible to prevent the player's interest from being lowered.

In addition, when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied and one or more of (A) to (J) are set, at least one of the time-saving game state and the high-probability time-saving game state is set. Even when it is continuous (that is, when it is a continuous jackpot), if a specific condition is met (for example, a special game in which the number of game balls that can be acquired is relatively large) is executed. When the associated jackpot symbol X2 is determined consecutively a predetermined number of times (for example, twice, etc.), the above-mentioned setting is canceled (that is, the setting before the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied). (Return to).
In this case, the setting for preventing the situation where the gambling becomes high continues for a long time, and it is possible to prevent the player's interest from being lowered.

Further, when various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, specific external information is transmitted to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a pachinko machine such as a hall computer) in order to transmit the setting made based on the conditions. It may be transmitted to a device provided outside P), or a predetermined display (for example, a specific display) may be displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 in order to notify that the above setting has been made. The mark image may be displayed, a caution display such as "game progress time is being changed") may be displayed, or the lamp may be turned on in a predetermined manner.
Further, when the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the history information indicating that fact may be stored in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 or the sub RAM 303 of the sub control board 300. In this case, it is possible to grasp the frequency and period of setting to prevent the situation of high gambling, which is useful for the development of pachinko machines that are unlikely to have high gambling. can.

Further, the pachinko machine P includes a plurality of fluctuation pattern tables 114 set so that the length of the fluctuation time that can be determined and the determination ratio of the fluctuation time are different, and is a big hit in a state where various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied. After the special game based on the jackpot is completed, the fluctuation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to the different fluctuation pattern table 114 based on the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot. It is assumed that it has been set.
And even when it is set in this way, if one or more of (A) to (J) are satisfied and one or more of the above conditions are satisfied and the jackpot is won, the jackpot is won. Regardless of which jackpot symbol is determined at the time of winning the jackpot, the fluctuation pattern (variation time) may be determined with reference to the common fluctuation pattern table 114.
Specifically, for example, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in a state where the above-mentioned various conditions are not satisfied, a relatively long fluctuation time is set after the end of the special game based on the jackpot. When the fluctuation pattern (variation time) is determined with reference to the first fluctuation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio is set high, and the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined in a state where the above-mentioned various conditions are not satisfied. After the end of the special game based on the jackpot, the fluctuation pattern (variation time) is determined with reference to the second fluctuation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio of the relatively short fluctuation time is set high. It is assumed that it was set to. Then, when the settings are made in this way, even when the jackpot is won and either the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined while satisfying the above-mentioned various conditions, after the special game based on the jackpot is completed. Determines the variation pattern (fluctuation time) with reference to the third variation pattern table 114 in which the determination rate of the variation time longer than the variation time that can be determined by the first variation pattern table 114 is set higher. You may.

Further, the pachinko machine P may be provided with the following variation pattern table 114. Hereinafter, the fluctuation pattern table 114 will be specifically described. Here, the winning of the time saving grant (determination of the time saving symbol) is not considered, and the winning of the small hit is not decided in the winning / failing lottery, and it is decided when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. An example will be described in which the jackpot symbol to be played is two types of X1 and X2, and the lost symbol is one type of Y2.
For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 to 60, refer to the case where the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 when the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high-probability time-saving game state. The second is when one or a plurality of the above-mentioned (A) to (J) are set by satisfying the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 in the table C and the high-probability time-saving game state. Tables D1, D2, and D3 that are referred to when a game ball enters the starting winning opening 16 may be provided.

As shown in FIG. 59, according to Table C, when the lost symbol Y2 is determined, "3 seconds" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49 regardless of the number of the second special figure reserved at the present time. When the fluctuation pattern command "C0H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "variation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 3 seconds) is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 50 to 124, "5 seconds". When the fluctuation pattern command "C1H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "variation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 5 seconds) is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 125 to 224, "10 seconds". When the fluctuation pattern command "C2H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "variation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 10 seconds) is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 225 to 249, "15 seconds". The fluctuation pattern command "C3H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "variation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 15 seconds) is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" (the entire fluctuation time is the entire fluctuation time) when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49, regardless of the number of the second special figure reserved at the present time. The fluctuation pattern command "D0H" associated with the fluctuation pattern set to 30 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" (the entire fluctuation time is 60). The fluctuation pattern command "D1H" associated with the fluctuation pattern set to seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 125 to 174, the fluctuation pattern of "100 seconds fluctuation" (the entire fluctuation time is 100 seconds). The fluctuation pattern command "D2H" associated with the fluctuation pattern set to) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "120 seconds fluctuation" (the entire fluctuation time becomes 120 seconds). The variation pattern command "D3H" associated with the set variation pattern) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60 (a), according to the table D1, when the lost symbol Y2 is determined, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 12, regardless of the current number of the second special figure reserved, " The fluctuation pattern command "C0H" to which the fluctuation pattern of "3 seconds fluctuation" is associated is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 13 to 25, the fluctuation pattern command to which the fluctuation pattern of "5 seconds fluctuation" is associated is determined. When "C1H" is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 26 to 50, the fluctuation pattern command "" is associated with the fluctuation pattern of "50 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 50 seconds). When "C4H" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 51 to 150, the variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 225 to 249. At that time, the fluctuation pattern command "C6H" to which the fluctuation pattern of "100-second fluctuation" is associated is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is associated when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49, regardless of the number of the second special figure reserved at the present time. The variation pattern command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125. When the value is ~ 174, the fluctuation pattern command "D4H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "150 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 150 seconds) is determined, and the fluctuation pattern random number is 175 to 175. When it is 249, the fluctuation pattern command "D5H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "200 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the entire fluctuation time is set to 200 seconds) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60 (b), according to the table D2, when the lost symbol Y2 is determined, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 24 regardless of the current number of the second special figure reserved, " The fluctuation pattern command "C4H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "50 seconds fluctuation" is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 25 to 74, the fluctuation pattern command associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is associated. When "C5H" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 75 to 149, the variation pattern command "" is associated with the variation pattern of "70 seconds variation" (the variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 70 seconds). "C7H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 150 to 249, the variation pattern command "C6H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation pattern random number when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49, regardless of the current number of 2nd special figure reservations. The variation pattern command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125. When the value is ~ 174, the variation pattern command “D4H” associated with the variation pattern of “150 second variation” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of “200 second variation” is determined. The variation pattern command "D5H" associated with is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60 (c), according to the table D3, when the lost symbol Y2 is determined, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, regardless of the number of the second special figure reserved at the present time, " The variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation pattern random number when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49, regardless of the current number of 2nd special figure reservations. The variation pattern command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125. When the value is ~ 174, the variation pattern command “D4H” associated with the variation pattern of “150 second variation” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of “200 second variation” is determined. The variation pattern command "D5H" associated with is determined.

Then, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 when the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high-probability time-saving game state, the fluctuation pattern (see Table C). That is, when the fluctuation time) is determined, and one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set while satisfying the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 in the high-probability time-saving game state. In addition, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the variation pattern may be determined with reference to the variation pattern table 114 of any of the table D1, the table D2, or the table D3.
Further, when one or more of the above-mentioned (A) to (J) are set while the various conditions of Specific Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied in the high-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 When the game ball enters the ball, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched by satisfying a predetermined switching condition. Specifically, the variation pattern table 115 to be referred to may be switched from table D1 → table D2 → table D3 according to the number of consecutive jackpots. Further, the fluctuation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched from table D3 → table D2 → table D1 according to the number of fluctuations.

(Other game characteristics to which the setting of the time saving game state is applied)
Next, an example of another game property to which the control of setting the time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game will be described. In the following, the description will focus on configurations and controls different from those of the above-described embodiment, and the description of similar configurations and controls will be omitted unless necessary.
(Other application example 1)
(Outline of configuration and control)
Although not particularly shown, the configuration of the game board 11 (game area 12) of the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1 and the devices and members installed are substantially the same as those in the above-described embodiment. ..

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the normal gaming state (a gaming state combining a low-probability gaming state and a non-short-probability gaming state) and a second low-probability time-saving gaming state are similar to those in the above-described embodiment. Either (a gaming state that combines a low-probability gaming state and a second time-shortening gaming state) or a high-probability time-saving gaming state (a gaming state that combines a high-probability gaming state and a second time-saving gaming state) is set. It is supposed to be done.
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal game state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a, so as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this instruction. In, the game ball can enter the first starting winning opening 15. On the other hand, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, the special game, and the small hit game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b. As long as the game ball is launched according to this instruction, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second starting winning opening 16, and enter the large winning opening 18 (see FIG. 3). ..

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the jackpot is won based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15. When a jackpot is won based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. The probability of winning a jackpot in a normal gaming state is set to about 1/150, and the probability of winning a jackpot in a high-probability time-saving gaming state is set to about 1/110.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number (for example, one) is executed in a specific round game (for example, three rounds). The game ball cannot enter the specific area 57, and the normal game state is set after the end of the special game. In addition, about 400 game balls can be acquired during the special game.
On the other hand, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 in the specific round game. After the end of the special game, a high-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-saving times is 10,000) is set. In addition, about 1000 game balls can be acquired during the special game.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the judgment of whether or not the time reduction is granted in the winning / failing lottery and the determination of the time saving symbol in the case of winning the time saving are not performed as in the above-described embodiment. .. Instead of this, as a loss symbol that can be determined when the result of the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 is a loss, the second time reduction game state (the set number of time reductions is predetermined). A lost symbol Z1 that defines that the number of times (10000 times in this application example) is set, and a lost symbol Z2 that defines that the time-saving gaming state is not set are provided. Then, in the normal gaming state, when the losing symbol Z1 is determined due to the loss based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, the above-mentioned second time-saving gaming state is set. That is, if the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low-probability time-saving game state. It is designed to do. On the other hand, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined, the gaming state remains the normal gaming state.
The probability that the lost symbol Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 is set to about 1/500.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, if a loss occurs based on the entry of a game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the loss symbol Z1 is not determined. Further, even if the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during a game state other than the normal game state (second low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state), the lost symbol Z1 is determined. , The second time saving game state is not set. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state, even if the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball of the first start winning opening 15, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing, and the number of time reductions of 10,000 is not reset. The remaining number of time reductions at that time point is updated (that is, subtracted by 1).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the upper limit of the number of continuous probability variation settings is set to 5. In the pachinko machine P, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined as described above, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined five times in a row because the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game based on the determination is completed. Then, after the end of the special game based on the decision, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Gameability of pachinko machine P according to other application example 1)
In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, as described above, the normal gaming state (a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined), a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (a low-probability gaming state, and a non-time-saving gaming state) A game state in which the second time-saving game state is combined) or a high-probability time-saving game state (a game state in which the high-probability game state and the second time-shortened game state are combined) is set so that the game proceeds. It has become.

At the time when the player starts the game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game ball is , There is a possibility of entering the first starting winning opening 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting winning opening 16. Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, and if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the normal game state (see FIG. 61). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is not set through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game during the normal gaming state.

Here, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during the normal game state, the result of the winning / failing lottery becomes a loss and the lost symbol Z1 can be determined (decision probability is about 1/500). There is. When the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the game state is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state without going through the jackpot winning and the special game, and this second low-probability time-saving game state wins the jackpot. It will continue until the result of the winning / failing lottery is derived 10,000 times.

During the second low-probability time-saving game state, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game ball is the first. 2 There is a possibility of entering the starting winning opening 16, and the ball will not enter the first starting winning opening 15. Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, and if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. When the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high probability time saving game state, and the number of time saving is set to 10,000 times. .. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, if the pachinko machine P is hit right as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving game state, it shifts to the high-probability time-saving game state by winning the jackpot. (See FIG. 61). Here, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is much easier to be maintained in the open state than during the normal game state, so that while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls as the game progresses. , You can almost certainly win the next big hit and move to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving game state, as in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right-handed) is instructed, and the game ball is launched according to this. As long as there is, a winning or losing lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, and if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state again, and the number of time reductions is 10,000. Set to times. During the high-probability time-saving game state, as in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the next jackpot can be almost certainly won while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls, and the high-probability time-saving game state is set again. NS.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the jackpot is substantially won again during the game state, and the high-probability time-saving game state is changed again. Set. Therefore, once the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the jackpot symbol X2 can be continuously determined, and until the jackpot symbol X2 is determined five times in a row (the number of continuous probability variation settings reaches the upper limit). (Until) The high-probability time-saving game state continues. Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined five times in a row, the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the normal gaming state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 is executed five times in succession without shifting to the normal game state. Will be done.

Here, for example, it is assumed that the pachinko machine P is configured to set a high-probability time-saving game state based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 (400 game balls that can be acquired during the special game). .. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal gaming state, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and as described above, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the jackpot does not shift to the normal gaming state. The symbol X2 can be continuously determined.
However, in the pachinko machine P configured in this way, since the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1, the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is also counted as the number of continuous probability variation settings. Become. Then, after setting the high-probability time-saving game state based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined four times in a row, the number of continuous probability variation settings reaches the upper limit, and the special game based on the determination The game state after the end is set to the normal game state. Therefore, the number of game balls that can be acquired between the time when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined (the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined) and the time when the normal gaming state is set is 4400 (= the jackpot symbol X1 is determined). 400 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on + 1 time + 1000 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, as described above, the first low is performed through the second low probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the lost symbol Z1 in the normal gaming state. Since the high-probability time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 during the probability time-saving game state, the normal game state is changed after the jackpot symbol X2 is determined (the transition to the high-probability time-saving game state is determined). The number of game balls that can be acquired before the setting is 5000 (= 1000 game balls that can be acquired in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 x 5 times).

Here, for example, in a pachinko machine, when a jackpot is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, either the first jackpot symbol or the second jackpot symbol is determined. When any of the jackpot symbols is determined, the high-probability gaming state is always set on the condition that the number of continuous probability variation settings has not reached the upper limit, but the first jackpot It is assumed that when the symbol is determined, the time-saving game state is set after the special game ends, and when the second jackpot symbol is determined, the non-time-saving game state is set after the special game ends. Further, in this pachinko machine P, when a jackpot is won and a jackpot symbol is determined based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, the number of continuous probability variation settings has reached the upper limit. On condition that there is no such thing, the number of game balls that can be obtained during the special game when the game ball is set to the high probability game state and the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 and becomes a big hit is the first. It is assumed that the number of game balls that can be obtained during the special game is set to be larger than the number of game balls that can be obtained in the case of a big hit due to the entry of the game balls into the starting winning opening 15. Further, in this pachinko machine P, during the non-time-saving game state, the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a in order to allow the game ball to enter the first start winning opening 15, and the game ball is launched in the time-saving game state. Is supposed that the gaming ball is launched toward the second gaming area 12b in order to allow the gaming ball to enter the second starting winning opening 16.

In the pachinko machine configured as described above, when the second jackpot symbol is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, the high hit symbol is set after the special game based on the determination is completed. Since the transition to the stochastic gaming state and the non-time-saving gaming state is performed, the number of continuous probability variation settings increases, but after that, the winning / losing lottery based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first starting winning opening 15 is performed. Then, when the first jackpot symbol is determined and the game shifts to the time-saving game state, the number of continuous probability variation settings has already increased, which is advantageous for the player by the time the number of continuous probability variation settings reaches the upper limit. This is disadvantageous for the player because the number of times a jackpot can be won based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is reduced.

On the other hand, when it is set to shift to the time-saving game state based on the determination of a specific loss symbol or small-hit symbol that is not the jackpot symbol, as in the pachinko machine according to the other application example 1, the time-saving game Since the number of continuous probability variation settings does not increase before the transition to the state and the transition to the time-saving gaming state occurs when the number of continuous probability variation settings is 0, the above-mentioned disadvantageous situation does not occur.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the second directly is based on the determination of the predetermined jackpot symbol by the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the normal game state. A specific loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) due to the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 during the normal game state, instead of shifting to the high-probability time-saving gaming state in which the game ball enters the start winning opening 16. ), Through the low-probability time-saving game state (second low-probability time-saving game state) in which the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16. Based on the determination of the predetermined jackpot symbol by, the player shifts to the high-probability time-saving game state.
Therefore, from the time when the jackpot symbol that defines the transition to the high-probability time-saving game state is determined until the end of the high-probability time-saving game state, all the game balls enter the second start winning opening 16. It is possible to obtain game profits that can be granted based on (for example, the number of rounds during a special game executed based on the winning of a big hit), and it is possible to grant a novel game property that enhances the interest of the player.

In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1, the time-saving gaming state is set by determining a specific losing symbol (losing symbol Z1) during the normal gaming state, but the game is limited to this. Instead, the time-saving gaming state may be set by determining a specific small hit symbol during the normal gaming state.
Further, as in the above-described embodiment, in the normal gaming state, when the lost symbol Z1 in which the setting of the time saving gaming state is determined is determined, a specific effect is obtained as compared with the case where the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. It may be set so that the execution rate of (a look-ahead effect, a reach development effect with a high expectation of the player during the variable effect, etc.) is high.

(Other application example 2)
The pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2 has substantially the same configuration and control as the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the number of time reductions is reduced after the end of the special game based on the determination. A high-probability time-saving game state of 100 times is set. Since the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 is set to about 1/110, which is the same as in other application examples 1, it is not always the case that the next jackpot is won during the high-probability time-saving game state, and the jackpot is won. When the winning / failing lottery is performed 100 times, the normal game state is set.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, the upper limit of the number of continuous probability variation setting times is not particularly set, and the condition for setting the low probability time saving game state (winning a big hit during the high probability time saving game state). The high-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning / failing lottery is performed 100 times without doing so).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, when the result of the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into not only the first starting winning opening 15 but also the second starting winning opening 16 is lost. However, it is stipulated that the second time-saving game state (the set number of time-saving games is a predetermined number of times (10000 times in this application example)) is set, or the lost symbol Z1 or the time-saving game state is not set. The lost symbol Z2 can be determined. Then, in the normal gaming state, the above-mentioned second time-saving gaming state is set even when the losing symbol Z1 is determined due to the loss based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. That is, if the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball of the second start winning opening 16 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low-probability time-saving game state. It has become like. On the other hand, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined in the normal game state, the game state remains in the normal game state.
The probability that the lost symbol Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 is set to about 1/7.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, in a gaming state other than the normal gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state), the gaming ball of the second start winning opening 16 is entered. Even if the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the above, the second time saving game state is not reset. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving game state or the high-probability time-saving game state, even if the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball of the second start winning opening 16, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing, and the number of time reductions of 10,000 is not reset. The remaining number of time reductions at that time point is updated (that is, subtracted by 1).

(Gameability of pachinko machine P according to other application example 2)
Regarding the flow of the game from the normal gaming state and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2 to the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 1 Is the same as.
In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, as described above, the number of time reductions in the high-probability time-saving game state is set to 100 times. The probability time saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
Here, during the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball is always launched into the second game area 12b, and the game ball can pass through the gate 20. Then, when the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, the second hold number is 4 which is the upper limit number (that is, the second special figure random number is 4 hold memory of the upper limit number). Is likely to be). Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, the second special figure random number is preferentially processed over the first special figure random number as in the above-described embodiment. Prior to the first special figure random number that is held and stored at the time when the normal game state of is set, the winning / failing lottery process is performed for up to four second special figure random numbers that are held and stored at that time. It is said.

After the normal game state is set, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a is resumed, and the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 with the aim of entering the game ball into the high-probability time-saving game state. Will aim for the transition again.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, the lost symbol Z1 is determined in the winning / failing lottery based on a maximum of four second special symbol random numbers stored on hold at the time when the above-mentioned normal game state is set. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 10,000 times is set, and then the high-probability time-saving gaming state is reset. That is, even if the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the second special figure random number held at this point, so that the second low-probability time-saving game state is entered. By shifting, the game ball can be entered into the second start winning opening 16, and when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined based on the entry, the game is re-shifted to the high-probability time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, the specific figure is specified based on the second special figure random number acquired by entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 during the normal game state. When the lost symbol (missing symbol Z1) is determined, it is possible to shift to the second low-probability time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and then to the high-probability time-saving game state. There is.
As a result, based on the second special figure random number that is held and stored when the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, the high-probability time-saving game does not involve winning a big hit and executing a special game. It will be possible to re-shift to the state, and it will be possible to give a novel playability that enhances the interest of the player.

In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 2, as in the other application example 1, the time-saving gaming state may be set by determining a specific small hit symbol during the normal gaming state.

(Other application example 3)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3 is a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, and either wins a big hit or moves to a special area described later during a small hit game based on the small hit winning. It is configured so that a special game is executed when the ball enters.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, and the devices and members installed on the game board 11 are other than the attacker device 17, other application examples 1 and other application examples 2. It is the same.
Although not particularly shown, the attacker device 17 has the same structure as the specific area 57 instead of the specific area 57 provided in the above-described embodiment, other application example 1 and other application example 2. It has the same internal structure as the above-described embodiment, other application example 1 and other application example 2, except that it has a special area having a different function.

Then, similarly to the above-described embodiment, other application example 1 and other application example 2, during the special game based on the winning of the big hit, or during the small hit game based on the winning of the small hit, the big winning opening 18 Is opened, and the game ball can enter the large winning opening 18. However, during the special game, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the first position, and the game balls that have entered the large winning opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. On the other hand, during the small hit game, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, and the game ball that has entered the large winning opening 18 does not enter the general area 58, but all enters the special area. It is designed to do.
That is, the game ball can enter the special area only during the small hit game, so that the game ball enters the special area during the small hit game based on the winning of the small hit, and the special game is executed. It is supposed to be done.

In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, a predetermined area (specific area 57) of the large winning opening 18 during the special game, as in the above-described embodiment, the other application example 1 and the other application example 2. The game state after the end of the special game is not set depending on whether or not a predetermined number of game balls have entered the), but the big hit symbol determined at the time of winning the big hit and the small determined at the time of winning the small hit. The above-mentioned gaming state is set according to the winning symbol.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, the normal gaming state, the low-probability gaming state, and the first time-saving gaming state (the winning probability of the normal symbol, the normal symbol), which is a combination of the low-probability gaming state and the non-time-saving gaming state The first low-probability time-saving game state, or the low-probability time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state (winning of a normal symbol) in which the fluctuation time and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are the same as those in the above-described embodiment). A gaming state of any of the second low-probability time-saving gaming states is set by combining the probability, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the second starting winning opening 16 (the same contents as those of the above-described embodiment).
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a. As long as the game ball is launched in accordance with the above, the game ball can enter the first starting winning opening 15. On the other hand, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the special game, and during the small hit game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, so that the game ball is launched according to this instruction. As long as this is done, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second starting winning opening 16, and enter the large winning opening 18 (see FIG. 3).

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15, a big hit can be won, and when the big hit is won, the big hit can be won. The symbol X1 is determined. That is, during the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (left-handed), the special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
The probability of winning a big hit when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state. Further, the upper limit number of holdings of the first special figure random number (the upper limit number of the first holding number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 is set to two. The maximum number of holdings of the first special figure random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.
Further, as shown in FIG. 51, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings described later has not reached the upper limit, the gaming states at the time of the determination are the normal gaming state and the time saving gaming state. In any of the (first low-probability time-saving game states), the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, if a loss is obtained in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, the loss symbol Z1 is determined. When the lost symbol Z1 is determined, if the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the gaming states at the time of the determination are the normal gaming state and the time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state). In any of the above cases, the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-savings is 100) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state and the continuous time-saving setting number has not reached the upper limit, the first low-probability time-saving game state and the time-saving number of times are reset. It becomes.

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, a big hit or a small hit can be won, and the big hit can be obtained. If the player wins, the big hit symbol X2 is determined, and if the small hit is won, the small hit symbol Y1 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving game state (right-handed), based on whether the jackpot is won (whether the jackpot symbol X2 is determined) or the small hit is won (decision of the small hit symbol Y1). A special game is executed through the small hit game to be executed.
As shown in FIG. 62, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second start The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning opening 16 is set to about 299/300 regardless of the game state. That is, when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, either the big hit or the small hit is determined in the winning / losing lottery, and the loss is not determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, a special game is always executed.
Further, the upper limit number of holdings of the second special figure random number (the upper limit number of the second holding number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 is set to one. The upper limit of the number of the second special figure random numbers to be held is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined and when the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls are executed. Can be acquired.
Further, as shown in FIG. 62, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the gaming state at the time of the determination has a second low probability. When the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the decision in the time-saving game state, and the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state. In addition, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game based on the decision. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit, the second low-probability time-saving game state and the number of time-savings are set. It will be reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, the upper limit of the number of continuous time reduction settings is set to three. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the normal gaming state or the first. When the lost symbol Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the jackpot symbol X2 or the small-hit symbol Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. When this is done, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and any of these determinations is counted as the number of consecutive time-saving setting times. Then, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of consecutive time reduction settings reaches the upper limit, and therefore, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol or the small hit symbol described above, the above-mentioned After the lost symbol is determined, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Gameability of pachinko machine P according to other application example 3)
In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, as described above, the normal gaming state (a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state, and the non-time-saving gaming state) Either the first time-saving game state (game state in which the first time-saving game state is combined) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state in which the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state are combined) is set, and the game proceeds. It has become like.

(1) When a jackpot is won and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is 0) When the player starts the game, the normal game state is set. In the normal game state, the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 (that is, the remaining number of times until the upper limit is reached is 3).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball enters only the first starting winning opening 15, a winning / losing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 is performed during the game state. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIGS. 62 and 63).

Here, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the normal gaming state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0) as described above, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, so that the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Based on the above, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one (the remaining number of times until the upper limit is reached is two).
Further, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this. Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second start winning opening 16, a winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 is performed during the game state. In the hit / fail lottery, as described above, the lottery result of either the big hit winning (determination of the big hit symbol X2) or the small hit winning (determination of the small hit symbol Y1) is derived. Then, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (FIG. 62, FIG. (See FIG. 63), the number of continuous time reduction settings is increased by one (the remaining number until the upper limit is reached is reduced by one). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of times of continuous time-saving setting reaches the upper limit.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the normal gaming state (when the number of continuous time saving setting times is 0) and the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Based on this, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one, so if the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined twice thereafter, the normal game state is forcibly set after the end of the special game based on the determination. ..
As described above, the upper limit number of hold of the second special figure random number (the upper limit number of the second hold number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 is set to one. During the fluctuation based on the determination of the big hit symbol X2 and the small hit symbol Y1, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 and one second special symbol random number is reserved and stored. Therefore, even if the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is further determined once more based on one second special symbol random number stored at this point. The symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, and the special game based on the determination is executed. When the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined in the normal gaming state, the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the normal gaming state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). ), After the above-mentioned special game is completed, the normal game state is maintained as it is before the special game is executed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the normal game state in which the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0, it is until the normal game state is set again. A total of 2 special games (3 times in total including the special game executed based on the big hit or small hit by the second special figure random number stored on hold) will be executed.

(2) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 1) and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set (1), the first start in the normal game state If the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15 results in a loss and the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the gaming state after the determination is set to the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (FIG. 51, FIG. (See FIG. 52). Then, based on the determination of the lost symbol Z1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one (the remaining two until the upper limit is reached).
In this first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving setting times is one), the game ball is continuously launched into the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low probability time-saving game state. Therefore, based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 (see FIGS. 62 and 63), the number of consecutive time reduction settings is two (the remaining one until the upper limit is reached).

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving setting times is one) and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, then the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit When the symbol Y1 is determined once, the normal game state is forcibly set after the end of the special game based on the determination.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the first low probability time saving game state in which the number of continuous time saving setting times is one, the normal gaming state is set again. In the meantime, one special game (two times in total including the special game executed based on the big hit or small hit by the second special figure random number stored in the hold) will be executed.

(3) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of continuous time-saving settings is 2) and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set. When the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of continuous billion-time reduction is set once) is set, when the lost symbol Z1 is further determined in the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game state after the determination is the first. 1 It is reset to the low-probability time-saving game state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). Then, based on the determination of the lost symbol Z1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is two (the remaining one until the upper limit is reached).
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in this first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 2), the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Based on the determination of X1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is 3 (the remaining number until the upper limit is reached is 0).
Then, even though the jackpot symbol X1 has been determined, the number of consecutive time reduction settings has reached the upper limit of three times, so that the second low-probability time reduction game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. The normal game state is forcibly set without any problem.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, if a big hit is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of continuous time-saving settings is two, the game to the second start winning opening 16 is played. The normal game state is set again without executing the special game based on the ball entering.

If the loss symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the above-mentioned first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is 2), the loss is determined. Based on the determination of the symbol Z1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is 3 (the remaining number of times until the upper limit is reached is 0), so that the normal gaming state is forcibly set after the determination (FIG. 62, FIG. See FIG. 63). Then, the above-mentioned (1) to (3) are repeated.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) is performed without winning a big hit and executing a special game. Is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the number of continuous time-saving setting times is updated. Then, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set according to the number of times when the first low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, the upper limit of the number of continuous time-saving setting times is set. The remaining number of times to reach is changed. As a result, the number of times the special game is continuously executed during the second low-probability time-saving game state (until the normal game state is set again) changes, which is a novelty that enhances the interest of the player. It is possible to give a good playability.

It should be noted that it is not always necessary to set the winning of the big hit or the small hit when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, and it may be set so as to be lost with a predetermined determination probability. ..

(Other application example 4)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4 is also a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, and has the configuration of the game board 11, the devices and members installed on the game board 11, and the game state to be set. The gaming areas 12 for launching the gaming balls during each gaming state are all the same as those of the other application examples 3.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, the jackpot can be won when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 as in the other application example 3. Therefore, if the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. That is, during the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (left-handed), the special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
The probability of winning a big hit when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state. Further, the upper limit number of holdings of the first special figure random number (the upper limit number of the first holding number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 is set to two. The maximum number of holdings of the first special figure random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400 game balls can be acquired.
Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings described later has not reached the upper limit, the gaming states at the time of the determination are the normal gaming state and the time saving gaming state. In any of the (first low-probability time-saving game states), the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the case of a loss in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined. The determination probability of the lost symbol Z1 is set to about 1/50, and the determination probability of the lost symbol Z2 is set to about 49/50.
When the lost symbol Z1 is determined, if the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the gaming states at the time of the determination are the normal gaming state and the time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state). In any case, the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-savings is 10,000 times) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state and the continuous time-saving setting number has not reached the upper limit, the first low-probability time-saving game state and the time-saving number of times are reset. It becomes.

On the other hand, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined, the time saving game state is not set. That is, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined during the normal gaming state, the normal gaming state continues even after the determination, and when the lost symbol Z2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the said Even after the decision, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, a big hit or a small hit can be won, and the big hit can be obtained. If a winner is won, the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and if a small hit is won, the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving game state (right-handed), the jackpot is won (whether the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined), or the small hit is won (decision of the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2). ) Is executed, a special game is executed through a small hit game.

As shown in FIG. 64, the probability of winning a big hit when a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second start The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning opening 16 is set to about 299/300 regardless of the game state. That is, when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, either the big hit or the small hit is determined in the winning / losing lottery, and the loss is not determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 3, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, a special game is always executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X3 at the time of winning the jackpot are both halved. Similarly, the probability of determining the small hit symbol Y1 and the probability of determining the small hit symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small hit are both halved.
Further, the upper limit number of holdings of the second special figure random number (the upper limit number of the second holding number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 is set to two. The upper limit of the number of the second special figure random numbers to be held is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400. You can get individual game balls.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the gaming state at the time of the determination is the normal gaming state and In any of the second low-probability time-saving game states, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state and the continuous time-saving set number of times has not reached the upper limit, the second low-probability time-saving game The state and the number of time reductions will be set (reset during the second low probability time reduction game state).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit, the gaming state at the time of the determination is the second. 2 When the low-probability time-saving game state is set, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the decision, and the game state at the time of the decision is the normal game state. When there is, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game based on the decision. On the other hand, when the continuous time reduction set number of times has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit, the second low-probability time-saving game state and the number of time-savings are set. It will be reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, the upper limit of the number of continuous time reduction settings is set to three. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal gaming state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the normal gaming state or the first. When the lost symbol Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the jackpot symbol X2 or the small-hit symbol Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. When this is done, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and when the jackpot symbol X3 or the small-hit symbol Y2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Any of these decisions will be counted as the number of consecutive time reduction settings. Then, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of consecutive time reduction settings reaches the upper limit, and therefore, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol or the small hit symbol described above, the above-mentioned After the lost symbol is determined, the normal game state is forcibly set.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, the upper limit of the number of pachinko machines held is set to 0, and the pachinko machine P does not hold the pachinko machine when the game ball passes through the gate 20. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set as described above ends at the start of fluctuation based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16, and then the normal gaming state is set. ing.
Here, for example, when the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state is changed to the second low-probability time-saving game state through the execution of the special game, the second special figure random number is not stored in the hold. 2 Low probability time saving game state may be set. In this case, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the first game ball enters the opening second starting winning opening 16 and enters the ball. When the fluctuation is started based on the above, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends. However, since the second start winning opening 16 is still open at the start of the fluctuation, a game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 during this period, so that the second special figure random number is up to two, which is the upper limit. It will be stored on hold.

Further, as described above, since a big hit or a small hit is always won based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, after the special game based on the winning is completed, the second special figure random number The second low-probability time-saving game state may be set in the state where is held and stored. In this case, as soon as the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, a governing lottery based on the second special figure random number stored on hold (the lottery result is a big hit or a small hit) is performed and the fluctuation is started. Therefore, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends immediately after the setting of the second low-probability time-saving game state. Therefore, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20 after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the second low-probability time-saving game state has already ended, so that the second start winning opening 16 is extremely difficult to be maintained in the open state. , The game ball does not enter the second start winning opening 16.

When the winning / failing lottery is performed based on the last second special figure random number that has been held and stored, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set again with the second special figure random number not being held and stored. .. In this case, the same processing as described above is performed.

(Gameability of pachinko machine P according to other application example 4)
In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, the normal gaming state (a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state) Either a game state in which the states are combined) or a second low-probability time-saving game state (a game state in which the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state are combined) is set, and the game proceeds. There is.

(1) When a jackpot is won and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is 0) When the player starts the game, the normal game state is set. In the normal game state, the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 (that is, the remaining number of times until the upper limit is reached is 3).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball enters only the first starting winning opening 15, a winning / losing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 is performed during the game state. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Here, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the normal gaming state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0) as described above, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, so that the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Based on the above, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one (the remaining number of times until the upper limit is reached is two).
Further, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this. Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second start winning opening 16, a winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 is performed during the game state.
When the second low-probability time-saving game state is set as described above, the second special figure random number is not stored on hold. Therefore, the second start winning opening 16 is opened after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and a winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the first game ball into the opening second starting winning opening 16 is performed. And fluctuation is performed, and further, based on the entry of the second and third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, up to two second special figure random numbers, which is the upper limit number, are reserved and stored.

Then, in the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, as described above, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined based on the jackpot winning, the jackpot symbol X3 is determined based on the jackpot winning, the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the small hit winning, or the small hit. The lottery result of any of the determination of the small hit symbol Y2 based on the winning is derived. In the second low-probability time-saving game state, even if any of the above symbols is determined, the second low-probability time-saving game state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (FIG. 53, FIG. (Refer to 54), the number of continuous time reduction settings is increased by one (the remaining number until the upper limit is reached is reduced by one). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of times of continuous time-saving setting reaches the upper limit.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the normal gaming state (when the number of continuous time saving setting times is 0) and the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Since the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one based on this, if any of the jackpot symbol X2, jackpot symbol X3, small hit symbol Y1 or small hit symbol Y2 is subsequently determined twice, the special game based on the determination ends. After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. Further, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the continuous time reduction setting number is reset to 0 times.

Here, as described above, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, two second special figure random numbers are reserved in addition to the second special figure random number used for the first winning / losing lottery and fluctuation. It will be remembered. Therefore, when the above-mentioned symbol is determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining one second special symbol random number is reserved and stored.
Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the last one second special symbol random number stored in this hold, and either the jackpot symbol X2, the jackpot symbol X3, the small hit symbol Y1 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined. .. Here, since the normal gaming state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again (FIG. 53, (See FIG. 54), the number of continuous time reduction settings is one (the remaining two until the upper limit is reached). On the other hand, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, the normal gaming state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Then, since the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery is performed, the second special symbol random number is not stored on hold, so the second low-probability time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1. If this is the case, the second start winning opening 16 is opened again, and a winning / failing lottery and variation based on the entry of the first game ball into the opening second starting winning opening 16 are performed, and further. , Based on the entry of the 2nd and 3rd game balls into the 2nd start winning opening 16, up to 2 random numbers of the 2nd special figure, which is the upper limit number, are stored on hold.
As a result, the special game is continuously executed until any one of the big hit symbol X2, the big hit symbol X3, the small hit symbol Y1 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined twice.

On the other hand, when the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined and the normal gaming state is set, the jackpot is won again from the normal gaming state (determination of the jackpot symbol X2), and the first based on the winning. 2 We will aim to shift to a low-probability time-saving game state.

In this way, if the jackpot is won and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state (when the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 0), it remains when the game shifts to the normal game state. Unless the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined based on the last one second special symbol random number, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set, and the special game is continuously executed. ..
For example, if the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined when the game first shifts to the normal game state, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is changed to the above-mentioned jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2. Up to the special game based on it, a total of 4 special games will be executed. Further, when the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined when the first normal game state is entered, the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined when the second transition to the normal gaming state is performed. A total of seven special games will be executed, from a special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 to a special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 described above.

(2) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 1) and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set (1), the first start in the normal game state If the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15 results in a loss and the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the gaming state after the determination is set to the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (FIG. 64, (See FIG. 65). Then, based on the determination of the lost symbol Z1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one (the remaining two until the upper limit is reached).
In this first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving setting times is one), the game ball is continuously launched into the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low probability time-saving game state. Therefore, based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 (see FIGS. 64 and 65), the number of consecutive time reduction settings is two (the remaining one until the upper limit is reached).
Further, as in the case of (1), after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the first game ball is entered into the second start winning opening 16, and the winning / failing lottery and fluctuation are performed based on this. Further, based on the entry of the second and third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special figure random numbers are reserved and stored up to the upper limit of two.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined in the normal gaming state (when the number of continuous time saving setting times is 1) and the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined. Based on this, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is two, so if any of the jackpot symbol X2, jackpot symbol X3, small hit symbol Y1 or small hit symbol Y2 is determined once, the special game based on that determination ends. After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. Further, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the continuous time reduction setting number is reset to 0 times.

(B) When the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the second special symbol random number stored in advance in the forcibly set normal game state. Here, as described above. When the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, two second special figure random numbers are reserved and stored in addition to the second special figure random number used for the first winning / losing lottery and fluctuation. Therefore, when the above-mentioned symbol is determined once and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining two second special symbol random numbers are reserved and stored.
Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the second special symbol random number stored earlier in the two reserved and stored, and the jackpot symbol X2, the jackpot symbol X3, the small hit symbol Y1 or the small hit symbol Y2 Is determined. Here, since the normal game state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, the second low probability time reduction is performed again as in the case of (1). The game state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the number of consecutive time reduction settings is one (the remaining two until the upper limit is reached).
Then, at this point, since the remaining one second special figure random number is reserved and stored, any of the above-mentioned symbols is determined based on the last one second special figure random number, and the second special figure again. 2 A low-probability time-saving game state is set (see FIGS. 53 and 54), and the number of continuous time-saving settings is two (the remaining one until the upper limit is reached).

Then, since the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery is performed, the second special figure random number is not stored on hold, so the second low-probability time-saving game state is set based on the determination of any of the above-mentioned symbols. In that case, the second start winning opening 16 is opened again, and the winning / failing lottery and the change based on the entry of the first game ball into the opening second starting winning opening 16 are performed, and further, the first 2 Based on the entry of the 2nd and 3rd game balls into the starting winning opening 16, up to 2 random numbers of the second special figure, which is the upper limit number, are stored on hold.
As described above, at this point in time, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is two (the remaining one until the maximum number of times is reached). When any of the big hit symbol X2, the big hit symbol X3, the small hit symbol Y1 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, the normal game state is forcibly set, and the situation is the same as described above.

(B) When the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined based on the second special symbol random number stored in advance in the forcibly set normal game state. The normal game state is forcibly set in, and the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined based on the second special symbol random number that was previously reserved and stored out of the two that were reserved and stored at this time. If so, the normal gaming state is set again based on the determination (see FIGS. 64 and 65).
Then, at this point, since the remaining one second special symbol random number is reserved and stored, when the jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the last one second special symbol random number. The second low-probability time-saving game state is set again (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the situation is the same as in (1) described above.
On the other hand, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, the normal gaming state is continuously set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and in this case as well, the same situation as in (1) above. Will be.

In this way, if the jackpot is won and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state (when the number of consecutive time-saving settings is one), it remains when the game shifts to the normal game state. For both of the two second special symbol random numbers, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set and the special game is continuously executed unless the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined. Become.
For example, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined for both the first and second special symbol random numbers that were reserved and stored when the first normal game state was entered, A total of four special games will be executed, from a special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 to a special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 described above. In addition, the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number that was reserved and stored when the first normal game state was entered, and the second normal game state was entered. If the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined for both the first and second special symbol random numbers that were held and stored at the time of this, from the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1. A total of seven special games will be executed up to the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 described above.
In addition, the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number that was reserved and stored when the first normal game state was entered, and the second normal game state was entered. The jackpot symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number that was held and stored at the time of the game, and the one that was held and stored when the game transitioned to the normal game state for the third time. When the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined for both the eye and the second second special symbol random number, the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 described above is selected from the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1. A total of 10 special games will be executed up to the special game based on the decision of.

(3) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state (the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 2) and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set. If a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two, the special game based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 is not executed. , The normal game state will be set again.
In addition, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the above-mentioned first low-probability time-saving game state (when the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 2), other cases are also observed. Similar to the pachinko machine P according to the application example 3 of the above, after the determination, the normal gaming state is forcibly set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the above-mentioned (1) to (3) are repeated. Become.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 4, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) is performed without winning a big hit and executing a special game. Is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the number of continuous time-saving setting times is updated. In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is changed to the normal game state through a special game, a predetermined jackpot symbol (big hit symbol X2) is obtained based on the remaining second special symbol random numbers stored at that time. ) Or the small hit symbol (small hit symbol Y1) is determined, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set again. Then, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set according to the number of times when the first low-probability time-saving game state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, the upper limit of the number of continuous time-saving setting times is set. The remaining number of times until reaching is changed, and the second low-probability time-saving game can be re-shifted to the second low-probability time-saving game state according to the lottery result at the time of the transition to the normal game state. During the state (until the normal game state is set again), the number of times the special game is continuously executed changes, and it is possible to impart a novel game property that enhances the player's interest.

It should be noted that it is not always necessary to set the winning of the big hit or the small hit when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, and it may be set so as to be lost with a predetermined determination probability. ..
In addition, whenever a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and a loss is determined, a specific loss symbol (loss) in which the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) is set is set. The symbol Z1) may be determined.
Further, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol in which the normal game state is set may be determined.
In addition, the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) is set based on the determination of a specific loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. Instead of doing so, a specific jackpot symbol or small hit symbol that sets the first time saving game state by entering the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 is provided, and the specific jackpot symbol or small hit symbol is provided. The first time-saving game state may be set based on the determination of.

(Other application example 5)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5 is also a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, as shown in FIG. 66, a normal drawing start port 70 into which a game ball can enter is provided in the lower center of the game area 12. Only the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the general drawing start winning opening 70.

Further, an approach device 80 through which a game ball can enter is provided at the lower left of the normal drawing start port 70. As shown in FIG. 66, the approach device 80 enters through a ball entry port 81 into which a game ball can enter, an opening / closing door 82 (ordinary electric accessory) that opens and closes the ball entry port 81, and a ball entry port 81. The ball entered through the first flow passage 83 and the second flow passage 84 where the ball can flow down, and the ball entry port 81 when the ball can be displaced to the first position or the second position and is in the first position. A game in which a distribution member 85 that distributes a game ball to the first flow-down passage 83 and distributes a game ball that has entered from the entry port 81 to the second flow-down passage 84 when it is in the second position and a game that flows down the first flow-down passage 83. The first gate 86 through which the ball can pass, the second gate 87 through which the game ball flowing down the second flow passage 84 can pass, and the game ball passing through the first gate 86 and the second gate 87 of the game board 11 It is equipped with a discharge port (not shown) that discharges to the back.
Further, as shown in FIG. 66, in the center of the left portion of the game area 12, a first start winning opening 15 having an open / close opening / closing door 90 and a second starting winning opening having an openable opening / closing door 91 are provided. 16 and 16 are installed side by side. Further, in the lower left portion of the game area 12, an attacker device 17 having the same configuration as that of the other application example 3 and the other application example 4 is provided.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, similarly to the other application examples 3 and the other application examples 4, the pachinko machine P is in the normal gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. Either one is set, but in any of the gaming states, the launching (left-handed) of the gaming ball toward the first gaming area 12a is instructed.
Then, when the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a enters the normal drawing start port 70, a lottery for a normal symbol is performed, and when the result of the lottery is successful, the opening / closing door 82 opens and the entry device 80 enters. The game ball can enter the ball opening 81, and the distribution member 85 stops at the first position or the second position, so that the game ball entered from the entry port 81 can enter the first flow passage 83 or the second. It is led to the flow passage 84. Which flow passage the game ball is guided to is predetermined according to the set game state.

Further, when the game ball guided to the first flow passage 83 passes through the first gate 86, the opening / closing door 90 opens (the second start winning opening 16 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It will be possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second start winning opening 16, the opening / closing door 90 closes. In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, the upper limit number of hold of the first special figure random number (the upper limit number of the first hold number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 is It is set to one.
Further, when the game ball guided to the second flow passage 84 passes through the second gate 87, the opening / closing door 91 opens (the first start winning opening 15 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It will be possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second start winning opening 16, the opening / closing door 91 closes. In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, the upper limit number of the second special figure random number hold (the upper limit number of the second hold number) that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 is It is set to one.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol during the non-time saving game state (during the normal game state) is set to about 1/150. The opening time of the opening / closing door 82 in the case of a hit is 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds x 2 times). Then, when a hit is made in the lottery of the normal symbol during the non-time saving game state, the distribution member 85 is stopped at the second position, whereby the game ball entered from the entry port 81 is moved to the second gate 87. The second start winning opening 16 is opened by passing through.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state) is set to about 1/2, and the winning is achieved. In this case, the opening time of the opening / closing door 82 is 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds × 2 times). Then, when a hit is made in the lottery of the normal symbol during the first time-saving game state, the distribution member 85 is stopped at the first position, whereby the game ball entered from the entrance 81 is the first gate. By passing through 86, the first starting winning opening 15 is opened.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state) is set to about 1 / 1.1. When this happens, the opening time of the opening / closing door 82 is 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds x 2 times). Then, when a hit is made in the lottery of the normal symbol during the second short game state, the distribution member 85 is stopped at the second position, whereby the game ball entered from the entry port 81 is entered at the second gate. By passing through 87, the second starting winning opening 16 is opened.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, similarly to the other application examples 3 and 4, when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15. It is possible to win a jackpot, and if a jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, and if it is lost, the lost symbol Z1 is determined. The probability of winning a big hit when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, regardless of whether the gaming state at the time of the determination is the normal gaming state or the time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state). After the end of the special game based on the determination, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-savings is 100) is set.
Further, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined, when the gaming state at the time of the determination is the normal gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set after the determination. .. On the other hand, when the gaming state at the time of the determination is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues even after the determination.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, when a game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16, a big hit or a small hit can be won, and the big hit can be obtained. If the player wins, the big hit symbol X2 or X3 is determined, if the small hit is won, the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, and if the player loses, the lost symbol Z2 is determined.
Then, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the jackpot is won (whether the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined), or the small hit is won (small hit symbol Y1 or Y2). The special game is executed through the small hit game executed based on (decision of).

As shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 is set to about 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second start The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning opening 16 is set to about 149/300 regardless of the game state. That is, when a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the probability of winning a big hit or a small hit and executing a special game is about 1/2.
Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X3 at the time of winning the jackpot are both halved. Similarly, the probability of determining the small hit symbol Y1 and the probability of determining the small hit symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small hit are both halved.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and when the small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400. You can get individual game balls.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, when the gaming state at the time of the determination is the normal gaming state, after the special game based on the determination is completed. When the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time reductions is 100 times) is set and the game state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving game state, the normal game state after the end of the special game based on the decision. Is set.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, the gaming state at the time of the determination is either the normal gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. Also, after the end of the special game based on the determination, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-savings is 100 times) is set. That is, when the jackpot symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined during the normal gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of time-savings are set (the second low-probability time-saving game). It will be reset) in the state.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, when the lost symbol X2 is determined, when the gaming state at the time of the determination is the normal gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of time reductions is 999 times) is set. On the other hand, when the gaming state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state continues even after the determination.

(Gameability of pachinko machine P according to other application example 5)
In the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, as described above, the normal gaming state (a gaming state in which a low-probability gaming state and a non-time-saving gaming state are combined), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state, and the non-time-saving gaming state) Either the first time-saving game state (game state in which the first time-saving game state is combined) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state in which the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state are combined) is set, and the game proceeds. It has become like.

In the initial state immediately after factory shipment or after reset, the normal game state is set.
During the normal game state, the game ball can enter the normal drawing start winning opening 70, and a lottery of the normal symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the normal drawing starting winning opening 70 is performed. .. If the lottery of the ordinary symbol is successful, as described above, the opening / closing door 82 is opened so that the game ball that has entered the approach device 70 can pass through the second gate 87, and the game ball passes through the gate. The second start winning opening 16 is opened. Then, when one game ball enters the opened second start winning opening 16, the second starting winning opening 16 is closed, and the winning / failing lottery is 1 based on the entered game ball. It is done once.
In this winning / losing lottery, if a jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, and after the end of the special game based on the determination, the second low-probability time-saving game state (time reduction number of 100 times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). On the other hand, when it becomes a loss, the lost symbol Z1 is determined, and after the determination, the first low-probability time-saving game state (time reduction number of times 999 times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

(1) When the second low-probability time-saving game state is set Even during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball can enter the normal drawing start winning opening 70 as in the normal game state. The opening / closing door 82 is opened and the game ball that has entered the approach device 70 is the second gate when it is won in the lottery of the normal symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the general drawing start winning opening 70. It becomes possible to pass through 87, and when the game ball passes through the gate, the second start winning opening 16 is opened. Then, when one game ball enters the opened second start winning opening 16, the second starting winning opening 16 is closed, and a winning / failing lottery is performed once based on the entered game ball.

In this winning / failing lottery, if a big hit is won, a big hit symbol X2 or X3 is determined, if a small hit is won, a small hit symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, and if a loss occurs, a lost symbol Z2 is determined (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). Then, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again after the end of the special game based on the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68). On the other hand, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined, the normal gaming state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Further, when the lost symbol Z2 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

Since the number of time reductions in the second low-probability time-saving game state is set to 100 times, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends when the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery is performed 100 times without winning the jackpot. Become. However, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is frequently opened, and in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, a big hit or a small hit is obtained. Since the winning probability is set to about 1/2, the second low-probability time-saving game state continues until the big hit or the small hit is won again.
Then, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the second low is performed through a special game based on the winning of the big hit or the small hit unless the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined in the above-mentioned winning / losing lottery. The probability time saving game state will be set repeatedly.

On the other hand, if the normal game state is set after the end of the special game based on the decision of the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1, the normal symbol will be won in the lottery as described above. 2 A winning / losing lottery is held based on the entry of the game ball into the starting winning opening 16. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving game state (100 times of time reduction) is set again, and when the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set. Is set.

(2) When the first low-probability time-saving game state is set As described above, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined in the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set.
Even during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball can enter the normal drawing start winning door 70 as in the normal game state and the second low-probability time-saving game state. When a normal symbol is drawn based on the entry of a game ball into the normal drawing start winning opening 70, the opening / closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the approach device 70 can pass through the first gate 86. , The first start winning opening 15 is opened when the game ball passes through the gate. Then, when two game balls enter the opened first start winning opening 15, the first starting winning opening 15 is closed, and a winning / losing lottery and a winning / failing lottery are performed based on the previously entered game ball. The fluctuation is performed, and the first special figure random number acquired based on the game ball that has entered later is stored on hold. In addition, when the change during execution is completed, the winning / fail lottery and the change based on the first special figure random number stored on hold are continuously performed.

Then, in the winning / failing lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15 described above, if the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the second after the special game based on the determination is completed. A low-probability time-saving game state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). The flow of the game after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set is the same as in (1).
On the other hand, in the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, when the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the time-saving game state is not set and the first low-probability time-saving game state continues as it is. In addition, the winning / failing lottery is performed once, so that the remaining number of time reductions in the first low-probability time-saving game state is reduced by one.

Here, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, two game balls enter while the first start winning opening 15 is opened by the winning decision in the lottery of the normal symbol, so that the first special figure random number is generated. The state in which one is held and stored is maintained. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, as described above, the number of time reductions in the first low probability time reduction game state is set to 999 times, which is an odd number of times. Then, if the winning / failing lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set (see FIG. 68). At this point, one first special figure random number is reserved and stored.
Then, a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the first special figure random number that was held and stored at the time when the normal game state is set, and if the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a special based on the decision is made. After the end of the game, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Further, even when the lost symbol Z1 is determined due to a loss in the above-mentioned winning / failing lottery, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).
That is, if the winning / failing lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot after the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, the subsequent game state is always the second low-probability time-saving game that is highly advantageous to the player. It will be set to the state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the other application example 5, when the winning / failing lottery is performed a predetermined number of times in a predetermined gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) without winning a big hit, the pachinko machine P is executed next. Whether a specific jackpot symbol (big hit symbol X1) is determined or a specific lost symbol (missing symbol Z1) is determined in the winning / failing lottery, the player has an advantage. A high specific gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set. As a result, it is possible to set an upper limit (so-called ceiling) for the number of winning / failing lottery until the transition to a specific gaming state, and it is possible to impart a novel game property that enhances the interest of the player.
It should be noted that if a loss occurs based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the loss symbol is defined to set the first low-probability time-saving game state (time reduction number of times: 999 times). Although only Z2 was to be determined, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the lost symbol Z1 in which the second low-probability time-saving game state (time reduction number of times 100 times) is set is defined. It may be possible to determine.

In addition, various settings and controls of the above-described embodiments, modifications, and other application examples may be configured in combination with each other within a range that does not cause a contradiction.
In addition, the winning / failing lottery in the above-described embodiment corresponds to a predetermined determination of the present invention. Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the process of step 806 in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the determination means of the present invention. Further, the special symbol in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the symbol of the present invention. Further, the first special symbol display device 30, the second special symbol display device 31, and the main CPU 101 that executes the processes of step 810 in the above-described embodiment correspond to the symbol display means of the present invention. Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the processes of steps 1115, steps 1304 to 1310, and the control of the modifications (29) to (40) in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the setting means of the present invention. In addition, the winning of the jackpot in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the specific result of the present invention. Further, the pachinko machine P in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the gaming machine of the present invention.

P Pachinko machine 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
103 Main RAM
300 Sub control board 301 Sub CPU
302 sub ROM
303 sub RAM

(1) game machine according to the present invention, a selecting means for performing a predetermined lottery, and viable variable display means variable display based on a result of the lottery, relative to a game ball to a predetermined entry area enters hard non time reduction gaming state, and, and a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of game states including easy time reduction gaming state enters the game ball to the relative to the entrance area, said setting means Is able to set the time-saving gaming state based on the execution of the variation display a predetermined number of times, but after the time-saving gaming state is set , the specific lottery result is not derived as a result of the lottery. The feature is that the time-saving gaming state is not set even if the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again.

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, the drawing by the drawing means (e.g., determination of spruce jackpot) the variation display based on a result of being executed a predetermined number of times, it is easy to gaming ball enters the relatively predetermined entry area It is possible to set the time-saving game state. Therefore, unlike a conventional gaming machine, it is possible to set a time-saving gaming state without deciding to execute a special game (winning a jackpot) or executing a special game, so that a design of game specifications with a high degree of freedom can be set. It becomes possible to give a novel playability that can enhance the interest of the player.
Further, in the gaming machine according to the present invention, after the time reduction gaming state is set, the specific lottery result as a result of the lottery (e.g., winning the jackpot) without is derived, again, varying display is executed a predetermined number of times However, the time saving game state is not set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the gambling property becomes too high by repeatedly setting the time saving game state.
(2) Further, the gaming machine of the present invention includes a counting means for counting the number of times of the variation display, and the counting means does not count the number of times of the variation display after the time saving game state is set. You may.
(3) Further, the gaming machine of the present invention includes a specific area that can be displaced to the first state or a second state in which the gaming ball is more likely to enter than the first state, and the lottery is performed at the predetermined number of times. When a special lottery result different from the specific lottery result is derived as a result of the above, the specific area is displaced to the second state based on the special lottery result, the time saving game state is set, and the predetermined number of times. When the specific lottery result is derived as a result of the lottery in the eyes, the specific area may be displaced to the second state based on the specific lottery result, and the time saving gaming state may not be set. ..

(1) The gaming machine according to the present invention has a lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery, a variable display means capable of executing a variable display based on the result of the lottery, and a game ball relatively entering a predetermined approach area. A setting means capable of setting any of a non-time-saving gaming state that is difficult to perform and a plurality of gaming states including a time-saving gaming state in which the gaming ball is relatively easy to enter the approach area, and the number of times of the variation display is counted. The setting means includes a counting means, and the setting means can set the time saving game state based on the execution of the variation display a predetermined number of times, but after the time saving game state is set, as a result of the lottery. Even if the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again without deriving the specific lottery result, the time-saving gaming state is not set, and the counting means displays the variation after the time-saving gaming state is set. The feature is that the number of times is not counted.

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, when the variation display based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means (for example, determination of winning or failing of the jackpot) is executed a predetermined number of times, the gaming ball is relatively easy to enter the predetermined approach area. It is possible to set the time-saving game state. Therefore, unlike a conventional gaming machine, it is possible to set a time-saving gaming state without deciding to execute a special game (winning a jackpot) or executing a special game, so that a design of game specifications with a high degree of freedom can be set. It becomes possible to give a novel playability that can enhance the interest of the player.
Further, in the gaming machine according to the present invention, after the time-saving gaming state is set, the variable display is executed again a predetermined number of times without deriving a specific lottery result (for example, winning a jackpot) as a result of the lottery. However, the time saving game state is not set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the gambling property becomes too high by repeatedly setting the time saving game state .

(1) The gaming machine according to the present invention includes a lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery, a variable display means capable of performing variable display based on the result of the lottery, and a game ball relatively entering a predetermined approach area. A setting means capable of setting any of a non-time-saving gaming state that is difficult to perform and a plurality of gaming states including a time-saving gaming state in which the gaming ball is relatively easy to enter the approach area, and the number of times of the variation display is counted. The setting means includes a counting means, and the setting means can set the time saving game state based on the execution of the variation display a predetermined number of times, but after the time saving game state is set, as a result of the lottery. Even if the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again without deriving the specific lottery result, the time saving game state is not set, and the counting means is the number of times of variation display until the time saving game state is set. The number of times of time saving activation is counted, and the number of times of time saving activation is not counted after the time saving game state is set.

Claims (1)

A decision-making means for making a predetermined decision,
A symbol display means capable of performing variable display of a symbol according to the result of the determination, and
A non-time-saving gaming state in which the frequency of the determination is relatively low, and a setting means capable of setting any of a plurality of gaming states including the time-saving gaming state in which the frequency is relatively high are provided.
The setting means can set the time-saving gaming state based on the execution of the variation display a predetermined number of times, but after the time-saving gaming state is set, a specific result is derived as a result of the determination. A gaming machine characterized in that the time-saving gaming state is not set even if the variation display is executed a predetermined number of times again.

Images